DEVELOPMENT DOCUMENT

                              for

               EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS GUIDELINES

                              and

               NEW SOURCE PERFORMANCE STANDARDS

                            for the

                           RENDERER
                        SEGMENT OF THE
           UCTS AND RENDERING  PROCESSING POINT SOURCE  CATEGORY
                       Russell E. Train
                         Administrator

                         James L. Agee
            Assistant Administrator for  Water and
                      Hazardous Materials
                          Allen Cywln
              rector,  Effluent Guidelines  Division

                       Jeffery D. Denlt
                        Project Officer
                        January,  1975

                 Effluent Guidelines  Division
           Office of Water and Hazardous Materials
            U.  S, Environmental Protection Agency
                   Washington, D. C.
For Mle by lh» Supedatendiat of X>o«ttB»ati, U.S. QOT«rom«at Printing Offle*. WaiWistton, 0.C. 30402 - Pi*» W.70

-------

-------
                    DEVELOPMENT DOCUMENT

                              for

               EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS  GUIDELINES

                              and

              NEW  SOURCE  PERFORMANCE STANDARDS

                            for the

                           RENDERER
                        SEGMENT OF THE
 MEAT  PRODUCTS AND RENDERING  PROCESSING POINT SOURCE  CATEGORY
                       Russell E. Train
                         Administrator

                         James L. Agee
            Assistant Administrator for  Water and
                      Hazardous Materials
                          Allen Cywin
           Director,  Effluent Guidelines  Division

                       Jeffery D. Denit
                        Project Officer
                        January,  1975

                 Effluent Guidelines  Division
           Office  of Water and Hazardous  Materials
            U.  S.  Environmental  Protection Agency
                   Washington, D. C.   20460
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C. 20402 - Price $2.70

-------

-------
                            ABSTRACT

This document presents the findings of an extensive study of  the
renderer   segment   of   the   meat  products  industry  by  the
Environmental  Protection  Agency  (EPA)  for  the   purpose   of
developing   effluent   limitations   guidelines,   standards  of
performance for new sources, and pretreatment standards  for  the
industry,  to  implement Sections 301, 304(b), 306 and 307(b) and
(c)  of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act Amendments of 1972
(the "Act").

The rendering plants included in  the  study  were  those  plants
specifically  processing  animal  by-products  at  an independent
plant  (i.e., a plant located,  operated  and  managed  separately
from  meat  or  poultry slaughtering and packing plants).  Plants
processing fish by-products and rendering operations carried  out
as an adjunct to meat packing plants were not included.  Effluent
limitations  guidelines  are set forth for the degree of effluent
reduction  attainable  through  the  application  of  the   "Best
Practicable  Control  Technology  Currently  Available,"  and the
"Best Available Technology Economically Achievable,"  which  must
be  achieved  by existing point sources by July 1, 1977, and July
1, 1983, respectively.  The "Standards  of  Performance  for  New
Sources"  set  forth  the  degree  of effluent reduction which is
achievable  through  the  application  of  the   best   available
demonstrated control technology, processes, operating methods, or
other  alternatives.   The  regulations  are based upon efficient
biological treatment  for  existing  sources  to  discharge  into
navigable  water  bodies by July 1, 1977, and for new source per-
formance standards.  This technology is represented by  anaerobic
plus   aerobic  lagoons,  or their equivalent.  The recommendation
for July 1,  1983,  is  for  biological  treatment  and  in-plant
control,  as  represented  by  in-plant  containment and separate
treatment or recycle  of  high  strength  waste  waters,  and  an
advanced  waste  water  treatment  process   (i.e.,  nitrification
and/or filtration) added to the 1977 technology.   When  suitable
land   is available, land disposal with no discharge may be a more
economical option, particularly for plants in rural locations.

Supportive data and rationale for  development  of  the  effluent
limitations guidelines and standards of performance are contained
in this report.
                               in.

-------

-------
                            CONTENTS
Section

I.       CONCLUSIONS

II.      RECOMMENDATIONS                                       3


III.     INTRODUCTION                                          5

         Purpose and Authority                                 5

         Summary of Methods Used for Development of the
         Effluent Limitations Guidelines and Standards of
         Performance                                           6

         General Description of the Industry                   9

         Process Description                                  11


         Inedible Rendering                                   13

              Batch System                                    13

              Continuous Systems                              17

         Edible Rendering                                     21

         Cooker Uses and Process Variations                   23

         Vapor Condensing                                     25

         Grease and Tallow Recovery                           26

         Solids Processing                                    27

         Odor Control                                         27

         Waste Water Sources                                  28

         Materials Recovery                                   29

         Hide Curing                                           30

IV.      INDUSTRY CATEGORIZATION                               31

         Categorization                                        31

         Rationale for categorization                          31

              Waste Water Characteristics  and
                Treatability                                   31
              Raw Materials                                    34
              Manufacturing Processes                          36

-------
                      CONTENTS  (Continued)

Section

              Processing Equipment and Methods                36
              Size, Age, and Location of Production
                Facilities                                    40

V.       WATER USE AND WASTE CHARACTERIZATION                 45

         Waste Water Characteristics                          45

              Raw Waste Characteristics                       45
              Discussion of Raw Wastes                        46
              Sources of Waste Water                          50
              Raw Materials Receiving                         51
              Vapor condensing                                51
              Spills and Plant and Truck Cleanup              53
              Odor Control                                    56
              Hide Curing                                     56
              Miscellaneous Sources                           59

VI.      SELECTION OF POLLUTANT PARAMETERS                    61

         Selected Parameters                                  61

         Rationale for Selection of Identified  Parameters      61

              5-Day Biochemical Oxygen Demand                  61
              Chemical Oxygen Demand                           63
              Total Suspended Solids                           63
              Total Dissolved Solids                           65
              Total Volatile Solids                            66
              Oil and Grease                                   66
              Ammonia Nitrogen                                 67
              Kjeldahl Nitrogen                                68
              Nitrates and Nitrites                            68
              Phosphorus                                       69
              Chloride                                         70
              Fecal coliforms                                  71
              pH, Acidity, and  Alkalinity                     71
              Temperature                                      72

VII.     CONTROL AND TREATMENT  TECHNOLOGY                     75

         Summary                                               75

         In-Plant Control Techniques                           75

              Condensables                                     77
              control of High-Strength Liquid  Wastes          77
              Truck and Barrel  Washings                        77
              Odor Control                                     78
              Plant Cleanup  and Spills                        78

                                vi

-------
                      CONTENTS  (Continued)
Section


         In-Plant Primary Treatment                           78

              Flow Equalization                               78
              Screens                                         78
              Catch Basins                                    80
              Dissolved Air Flotation                         81

         Waste Water Treatment  Systems                        86

              Anaerobic Processes                             86
              Aerated Lagoons                                 90
              Aerobic Lagoons                                 90
              Activated Sludge                                92
              Extended Aeration                              94
              Rotating Biological Contactor                   95
              Performance of Various Biological  Treatment
                Systems                                       96

         Advanced Waste Water Treatment                       99

              Chemical Precipitation                          99
              Sand Filter                                     100
              Microscreen Microstrainer                       106
              Nitrogen control                                108
              Nitrification                                   108
              Nitrification/Denitrification                   111
              Ammonia Stripping                              114
              Disinfection                                    116
              Breakpoint Chlorination                         117
              Spray/Flood Irrigation                          118
              Ion Exchange                                    121

VIII.    COST, ENERGY, AND NONWATER QUALITY  ASPECTS          125

         Summary                                              125

         "Typical" Plant                                      135

         Waste Treatment Systems                              136

         Treatment and control  Costs                          138

              In-Plant Control  Costs                          138
              Investment Costs  Assumptions                   138
              Annual Cost Assumptions                         142

         Energy Requirements                                  143

         Nonwater Pollution From waste Treatment Systems     143
              Solid Wastes
              Air Pollution
              Noise              .,

-------

-------
                      CONTENTS (Continued)
Section
         In-Plant Primary Treatment                           78

              Flow Equalization                               78
              Screens                                         78
              Catch Basins                                    80
              Dissolved Air Flotation                         81
         Waste Water Treatment Systems
                                                               86
              Anaerobic Processes                              86
              Aerated Lagoons                                  90
              Aerobic Lagoons                                  90
              Activated Sludge                                 92
              Extended Aeration                                94
              Rotating Biological Contactor                    95
              Performance of Various  Biological  Treatment
                Systems                                        96

         Advanced Waste Water Treatment                       99

              Chemical Precipitation                           99
              Sand  Filter                                     100
              Microscreen Microstrainer                      106
              Nitrogen Control                                108
              Nitrification                                   108
              Nitrification/Denitrification                   111
              Ammonia Stripping                               114
              Disinfection                                    116
              Breakpoint Chlorination                        117
              Spray/Flood Irrigation                          118
              Ion Exchange                                    121

VIII.    COST,  ENERGY, AND NONWATER QUALITY  ASPECTS          125

         Summary                                              125

         "Typical"  Plant                                      135

         Waste  Treatment Systems                             136

         Treatment  and control Costs                           138

              In-Plant Control Costs                           138
              Investment Costs Assumptions                    138
              Annual Cost Assumptions                         142

         Energy Requirements                                  143

         Nonwater Pollution  From Waste Treatment Systems      143
               Solid Wastes                                     -,4^
               Air  Pollution                                    14^
               Noise              .,                             Mb

-------
                      CONTENTS  (Continued)
Section                                                      Page

IX.      EFFLUENT REDUCTION ATTAINABLE THROUGH THE
         APPLICATION OF THE BEST PRACTICABLE CONTROL
         TECHNOLOGY CURRENTLY AVAILABLE—EFFLUENT
         LIMITATIONS GUIDELINES                                147

         Introduction                                          147

         Effluent Reduction Attainable Through the
         Application of Best Pollution Control
         Technology currently Available                        148

         Identification of Best Pollution Control
         Technology Currently Available                        150

         Rationale for the Selection of Best Practicable
         Control Technology Currently Available                151

              Size, Age, Processes Employed, and
              Location of Facilities                           151
              Total Cost of Application in Relation to
              Effluent Reduction Benefits                      151
              Data presentation                                152
              Engineering Aspects of Control Technique
              Applications                                     154
              Nonwater Quality Environmental Impact            155

X.       EFFLUENT REDUCTION ATTAINABLE THROUGH THE
         APPLICATION OF THE BEST AVAILABLE TECHNOLOGY
         ECONOMICALLY ACHIEVABLE—EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS
         GUIDELINES                                            157

         Introduction                                          157

         Effluent Reduction Attainable Through Application
         of the Best Available Technology Economically
         Achievable                                            159

         Identification of the Best Available Technology
         Economically Achievable                               160

         Rationale for Selection of the Best Available
         Technology Economically Achievable                    162

              Size, Age, Processes Employed, and
              Location of Facilities                           162
              Data Presentation                                162
              Engineering Aspects of Control Technique
              Applications                                     166
              Process Changes                                  166
              Nonwater Quality  Impact                          167
                                Vlll

-------
                      CONTENTS  (Continued)
Section

XI.      NEW SOURCE PERFORMANCE  STANDARDS                      169

         Introduction                                          169

         Effluent Reduction Attainable For New Sources        169

              Identification of  New source Control
                Technology                                     170
              Technology  Rationale for Section of
              New Source  Performance Standards                172
              Pretreatment Requirements                       172

XII.     ACKNOWLEDGMENTS                                       175

XIII.    REFERENCES                                            177

XIV.     GLOSSARY                                              185
                                IX

-------

-------
                             FIGURES
Number

  1      Distribution of Rendering Plants by State             12

  2      General Flowsheet of operations of a Typical
         Inedible Rendering Plant                              18

  3      Batch cooker Rendering Process                        20

  4      Continuous Rendering:  Duke Process                   22

  5      continuous Rendering:  Anderson Carver-Greenfield
         process                                               24

  6      Manufacturing Processes of a Rendering Plant          32

  7      Average and Range of BODji by Raw Material Type        35

  8      Average and Range of BOD5 Data by Cooker Type         37

  9      Average and Range of BOD5 Data by Condenser Type      38

 10      Average and Range of BOD5 Values for Three Size
         Groups of Plants and for All Plants Studied           41

 10A     Scatter Diagram of Raw Wasteload Versus Size          42

 11      Typical Rendering Process and Waste Water Flow
         Arrangement                                           52

 12      Suggested Waste Reduction
         Program for Rendering Plants                          76

 13      Dissolved Air Flotation                               82

 m      process Alternatives for Dissolved Air Flotation      84

 15      Anaerobic contact Process                             88

 16      Activated Sludge Process                              93

 17      chemical Precipitation                               104

 18      Sand Filter System                                   105

 19      Microscreen/Microstrainer                            107

 20      Nitrification/Denitrification                        112

 21      Ammonia Stripping                                    119

-------
                       FIGURES (Continued)
Number
 22      Spray/Flood Irrigation System

 23      Ion Exchange

 2U      Waste Treatment Cost Effectiveness
                               X1T

-------
                             TABLES

Number

  1      Inedible Tallow and Greases:  Use, By-Products,
         1960-1970                                            8

  2      Statistics by Employment Size of Establishment,
         1967                                                14

  3      Raw Material and Product Yields for Inedible
         Rendering by Type of Animal                         '*

  ft      Product Yields for Inedible Rendering by Type of
         Raw Material                                        16

  5      Raw Waste water Data on Rendering Plants
         by Equipment Type                                   39

  6      Summary of the Plant and Raw Waste Water
         Characteristics for the Rendering Industry          47

  7      Waste Water Flow and Raw Material Data on Independent
         Rendering Plants                                    48

  8      Correlation Coefficients of Raw Waste Load
         Parameters From the Field Sampling Results          49

  8A     Observed Housekeeping and Operating Procedures
         Adversely Affecting Raw Waste Control and
         Treatment Plant Performance                         54

  9      Summary of Concentrations of Undiluted Condensed
         Cooking Vapors                                      55

 10      Summary of Waste Loads of Undiluted Condensed
         Cooking Vapors                                      57

 11      Waste Load Characteristics for Hide Curing at a
         Rendering Plant Versus Those for a Tannery          58

 12      Measured Waste strengths of Tank Water and Blood
         Water                                               58

 13      Performance of Various Biological Treatment Systems 97

 13A     Effluent Quality From Conventional Filtration
         of Various Biologically Treated Waste Waters       103

 13B     Performance of Microstrainers in Advanced
         Treatment of Biologically Treated Waste Waters     107

 13C     Selected Results for Nitrogen Control in
         Effluents                                          110


                               xiii

-------
                           TABLES (Continued)
Number                                                           Pa9e

   13D      Profile of Typical Plants by Size                     126

   14       Likely Capital Expenditures by Plant Size to Meet
           Limitations With Condenser Recirculation              128

   15       Estimated waste Treatment Costs for Renderers
           With High Waste Water Volume                          130

   ISA      Total Annual and Operating Costs for Renderer
           With High waste Water Volume                          130

   15B      Annual and Operating Costs Per Unit Weight of Raw
           Material                                              131

   16       Comparison of Most Likely and Maximum Investment
           With condenser Recirculation                          133

   17       Total Annual and Operating Costs for a Rendering
           Plant to Meet the Indicated Performance               134

   18       Annual and Operating Costs Per Unit Weight of Raw
           Material for a Rendering Plant to Meet Indicated
           Performance                                           133

   19       "Typical" Plant Parameters for Each Plant Size        135

   20       Waste Treatment Systems, Their Use and
           Effectiveness                                         137

   21       Estimates of In-Plant Control Equipment Cost          139

   22       Recommended Effluent Limitations for
           July lr 1977                                          149

   23       Effluent Limitations Adjustment Factors for Hide
           Curing                                                149

   24       Raw and Final Effluent Information for Ten
           Independent Rendering Plants                          153

   25       Recommended Effluent Limitations for
           July 1, 1983                                          158

   26       Effluent Limitations Adjustment Factors for.Hide
           Curing                                                 158

   27       Raw and Final Effluent Information for Ten
           Independent Rendering Plants                           163

   28       Investment and Operating Costs for New Source
           Performance Standards                                  170

   29       Conversion Table                                         174


                               xiv

-------
                            SECTION I

                           CONCLUSIONS


The  study presented herein is a part of an overall investigation
of the meat processing (no slaughtering of  animals  accomplished
in   the  plants)   and  rendering  (accomplished  independent  of
slaughterhouses, packinghouses, and poultry processors)   industry
segments  of  the  meat  products  and rendering processing point
source category.

Because of evidence developed  early  in  the  investigation,  it
became   apparent   that   meat  processing  operations  differed
materially  from  rendering  operations  as  to  raw   materials,
processes,  products, and other factors.  As a result, an initial
categorization which split the two industry segments was utilized
to facilitate a thorough analysis with a  separate  study  report
for  each,  with the rendering industry segment presented herein.
Unless  otherwise   specifically   designated,   all   subsequent
discussions  of  the  rendering  industry,  or  references to the
rendering industry, deal with the independent rendering operation
or plants  not  included  as  a  part  of  livestock  or  poultry
slaughtering, packing, or processing.


A  conclusion  of  this study is that the rendering industry con-
stitutes a single subcategory.  Using BOD5 as the basis  for  the
analysis,  the  variables  of  raw  material, processing methods,
plant age and size, water use, and treatability  of  wastes  were
analyzed and found to demonstrate this conclusion.

The  wastes  from  rendering  plants  are  amenable to biological
treatment processes, and no materials harmful to municipal  waste
treatment processes were found.

The 1977 discharge limits for BOD5, suspended solids, and grease,
representing  the  average  of  the best treatment systems in the
rendering industry, are currently being met by a number of plants
included in the survey.  Several of the plants meeting the limits
discharge waste water to receiving  waters,  while  a  number  of
other  plants,  particularly  small  plants,  meet  the limits by
irrigation or impoundment of waste waters.   These  limits,  plus
limits  on  pH  and fecal coliforms can be met by 1977.  The same
limits plus limitations on ammonia can be  met  by  new  sources.
The   ammonia   standard  for  new  sources  coincides  with  the
performance already achieved by plants with  the  best  treatment
systems.   It  is estimated that there will be about $2.6 million
in capital costs required to  achieve  the  1977  limits  by  the
industry.

For  1983,  effluent  limits were determined on the basis of best
available technology economically achievable in the industry  for

-------
BOD5,  suspended  solids,  ammonia, oil and grease, pH, and fecal
coliforms.

It is estimated that the cost to achieve the 1983 limits  by  the
industry  will  be $6.75 million.  The 1977 cost for the industry
represents about 8 percent, and the 1983  cost  approximately  22
percent  of  the $30 million spent by the industry in 1972 on new
capital expenditures.

It is also concluded that, where suitable and  adequate  land  is
available,  land disposal is a more economical option for meeting
the effluent limitations.

-------
                           SECTION II

                         RECOMMENDATIONS
Limitations recommendations for discharge to navigable waters  by
rendering   plants   for   July   1,   1977,  are  based  on  the
characteristics  of  well-operated  biological  treatment  plants
being  used  by  the  industry.   The  limitations  are for 5-day
biochemical oxygen demand (BOD5) , total suspended solids, oil and
grease, and  fecal  coliform.   These  limitations  are  0.17  kg
BOD5/kkg   raw  material  (RM);  0.21  kg  TSS/kkg  RM;  0.10  kg
grease/kkg RM; and UOO counts fecal coliform/100 ml.  Adjustments
in the BOD5 and TSS limitations are provided  for  plants  curing
hides.  In all cases, pH is established at a range of 6.0 to 9.0.

Recommended  New  Sources  Standards include the 1977 limitations
plus limitations on ammonia  (NH3[).   The  additional  limitations
are  also  based  on  the  performance  characteristics  of well-
operated biological treatment plants.  The  new  source  standard
for ammonia is recommended at 0.17 kg/kkg RM.

Limitations  recommended  for  the  industry  for  1983  are more
stringent and are based upon the performance  characteristics  of
the  best  operated  biological  treatment  systems being used to
treat rendering waste waters.  These limitations include the same
pollutant parameters as included in  the  new  source  standards.
The  1983  limitations  are: 0,07 kg BOD5/kkg RM; 0.10 kg TSS/kkg
RM; 0.05 kg grease/kkg RM; and 0.02 kg NH3 as N/kkg  RM.   Again,
there  is  established  a  pH  range  of  6.0  to 9.0 and a fecal
coliform count of 400/100 ml.  Also, adjustments in the BOD5  and
TSS  limitations  are  provided for plants curing hides; however,
these  adjustments  are  smaller  than   those   for   the   1977
limitations.

The  limitations summarized above are applicable as an average of
daily values for any period of 30 consecutive days.   Recommended
daily  maximum  limitations  are based on a variability factor of
2.0; or daily  limitations  are  recommended  as  2.0  times  the
average for 30 consecutive days.

-------

-------
                           SECTION III

                          INTRODUCTION


                      PURPOSE AND AUTHORITY
Section  301(b)   of  the  Federal  Water  Pollution  Control  Act
Amendments of 1972 (the Act)  requires  the  achievement  by  not
later  than  July  1,  1977,  of  effluent  limitations for point
sources, other than publicly-owned  treatment  works,  which  are
based   on  the  application  of  the  best  practicable  control
technology currently available as defined  by  the  Administrator
pursuant  to  Section  304 (b)  of  the  Act.  Section 301(b) also
requires the achievement by not  later  than  July  1,  1983,  of
effluent limitations for point sources, other than publicly-owned
treatment  works,  which are based on the application of the best
available technology economically achievable which will result in
reasonable  further  progress  toward  the   national   goal   of
eliminating  the  discharge  of  all pollutants, as determined in
accordance with regulations issued by the Administrator  pursuant
to  Section  304(b)  of the Act.  section 306 of the Act requires
the  achievement  by  new  sources  of  a  Federal  standard   of
performance  providing  for  the  control  of  the  discharge  of
pollutants  which  reflects  the  greatest  degree  of   effluent
reduction  which  the  Administrator  determines to be achievable
through  the  application  of  the  best  available  demonstrated
control   technology,  processes,  operating  methods,  or  other
alternatives, including, where practicable, a standard permitting
no discharge of pollutants.

Section 304(b) of the Act  requires the Administrator  to  publish
regulations providing guidelines for effluent limitations setting
forth  the  degree  of  effluent reduction attainable through the
application of the best practicable control technology  currently
available and the degree of effluent reduction attainable through
the  application  of  the  best  control  measures  and practices
achievable including treatment techniques, process and  procedure
innovations,  operation  methods,  and  other  alternatives.  The
regulations  proposed  herein  set  forth  effluent   limitations
guidelines  pursuant  to   Section  304(b)  of  the  Act  for  the
independent renderers subcategory  of  the  meat  products  point
source category designated in Section  306.

Section  306 of the Act requires the Administrator, within  1 year
after a category of sources  is  included  in  a  list  published
pursuant   to   Section  306(b)(1)(A)  of  the  Act,  to  propose
regulations establishing Federal standards of performance for new
sources within such categories.  The Administrator  published  in
the  Federal  Register of  January 16,  1973  (38 F.R. 1624),  a list
of 27 source categories.   Publication  of  the  list  constituted
announcement  of  the  Administrator's intention of establishing,
under Section 306,  standards  of  performance  based  upon  best
available  demonstrated  technology  applicable to new sources of

-------
the  rendering  segment  of  the  meat  products  and   rendering
processing  point source category, which was included in the list
published January 16, 1973.

Section  307 (c)  of  the  Act  requires  the   Administrator   to
promulgate  pretreatment  standards  for  new sources at the same
time  that  standards  of  performance  for   new   sources   are
promulgated  pursuant  to Section 306.  Similarly, Section 307(b)
requires  the  establishment  of   pretreatment   standards   for
pollutants  introduced  into publicly owned treatment works.  The
regulations set forth pretreatment standards for new sources  and
existing  sources  pursuant to Sections 307(b)  and (c) of the Act
for the renderer segment  of  the  meat  products  and  rendering
processing point source category.


     SUMMARY OF METHODS USED FOR DEVELOPMENT OF THE EFFLUENT
       LIMITATIONS GUIDELINES AND STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE

The  effluent limitations guidelines and standards of performance
set forth herein were developed in  the  following  manner.   The
point  source  category  was  first  studied  for  the purpose of
determining  whether  separate  limitations  and  standards   are
appropriate   for   different  segments  within  a  point  source
category.  This analysis included a determination of whether dif-
ferences in raw material used,  product  produced,  manufacturing
process employed, equipment, age, size, waste water constituents,
and  other  factors  require  development  of  separate  effluent
limitations and standards for different  segments  of  the  point
source  category.  The raw waste characteristics for each segment
were then identified.  This  included  an  analysis  of  (1)  the
source  and  volume of water used in the process employed and the
source of waste and waste  waters  in  the  plant;  and  (2)  the
constituents   (including  thermal)  of all waste waters including
toxic constituents and other constituents which result in  taste,
odor,  and color in water or aquatic organisms.  The constituents
of waste waters which should be subject to  effluent  limitations
guidelines  and  standards  of  performance were identified,  (see
Section VI.)  The result of this analysis was that there  was  no
reason  for  separate  limitations  and  standards  for different
segments of the industry.

The full range of control  and  treatment  technologies  existing
within  the  point source category was identified.  This included
identification of each distinct control and treatment technology,
including  an  identification  in  terms   of   the   amount   of
constituents   (including thermal) and the chemical, physical, and
biological characteristics of pollutants,  and  of  the  effluent
level resulting from the application of each of the treatment and
control technologies.  The problems, limitations, and reliability
of  each  treatment  and  control  technology  and  the  required
implementation  time  was  also  identified.   In  addition,  the
nonwater quality environmental impact, such as the effects of the
application  of  such technologies upon other pollution problems,
including air,  solid  waste,  noise,  and  radiation  were  also

-------
identified.   The  energy requirements of each of the control and
treatment technologies were identified as well as the cost of the
application of such technologies.

The information, as outlined above, was then evaluated  in  order
to  determine  what  levels  of  technology constituted the "best
practicable  control  technology  currently   available,"   "best
available  technology  economically  achievable,"  and  the "best
available demonstrated control technology,  processes,  operating
methods,   or   other   alternatives.11    In   identifying   such
technologies, various factors were  considered.   These  included
the  total  cost  of application of technology in relation to the
effluent equipment and facilities involved, the process employed,
the engineering aspects of the application of  various  types  of
control    techniques,    process   changes,   nonwater   quality
environmental impact (including energy  requirements)  and  other
factors.   The  data for identification and analysis were derived
from a number of sources.   These  sources  included  Refuse  Act
Permit   Program   data;   EPA  research  information;  data  and
information from  North  Star  files  and  reports;  a  voluntary
questionnaire  issued  through the National Renderers Association
 (NRA); qualified technical consultants; and  on-site  visits  and
interviews at several exemplary rendering plants in various areas
of  the United States.  Questionnaires provided information on 49
plants; 12 of these were also  included  in  the  field  sampling
survey.  Two other plants that did not submit questionnaires were
also  sampled and were included in the "questionnaire" data base.
Thus, the total number of plants included in this study  was  51,
or  about  11  percent  of the rendering industry.  All principal
references  used  in  developing  the  guidelines  for   effluent
limitations and standards of performance for new sources reported
herein are included in Section XIII of this document.

The  reviews  and analyses of data described above were performed
using accepted methodology.  The "questionnaire"  data  base  (51
total  plants)  served as the principal source of information for
all  analyses.   Field  verification  sampling  data   was   used
principally in support of the derivation of effluent limitations.
Subjective  information   (plant  practices, processes, equipment,
etc.) gained from the site visits was  also  used  to  complement
industry  submissions.   Because of the apparently representative
nature of the industry questionnaire information, these data were
used for analyses to categorize  and  characterize  the  industry
processes, waste water discharges, and operating conditions.  The
analyses  involved  both  rigorous mathematical procedures  (using
computer  statistical  methods)  and  subjective  judgments   and
observations   using  experience  from  site  visits,  consultant
comments,  information  from  trade  publications,  and   similar
sources as more fully described in Sections IV and V.  Similarly,
cost  information  was developed on the basis of data supplied by
plants in the industry with supporting information  as  developed
for other segments of the meat products industry.

The  effluent  limitations  and  standards  of  performance  were
derived from available data on the actual performance of existing

-------
plants.  Limitations  for  1977  (BPCTCA)  were  derived  as  the
average  of   the  performance for the best  plants. (Some data were
excluded due  to plant malfunctions, etc.,  as   noted  in  section
IX.)   The  same   procedure  was  used   to  establish  new source
performance standards (NSPS); limitations  for  1983  were  derived
on  the  basis of the very best performance  achieved by plants in
the  industry  (between  3  and  5  plants  depending  upon   the
availability  of data for all limited parameters).
    Table 1.  Inedible Tallow and Greases:  Use, By-Products, 1960-19701*
Year
Beginning
October
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
1968
1969
1970*
Soap

732
702
688
660
690
649
665
631
637
601
615
Animal
Feeds
Fatty
Acids


443
732
774
861
714
855
972
990
1061
1093
1140
351
402
433
478
530
575
547
576
585
610
568
Lubricants
and Similar
Oils
tLllion Pounds
70
79
78
91
102
107
98
89
98
97
89
Other
Exports


151
177
151
230
203
208
283
291
289
320
214
1769
1710
1738
2338
2155
1962
2214
2212
2009
2051
2591
Total

3516
3802
3862
4658
4394
4356
4779
4789
4679
4772
5217
 *Preliminary data; based on census reports.

-------
               GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF THE INDUSTRY

The rendering industry falls within Industry No. 2077, Animal and
Marine Fats and Oils.*  SIC 2077 includes;

    "Establishments  primarily  engaged  in  manufacturing animal
    oils, including fish oil and other  marine  animal  oils  and
    fish and animal meal; and those rendering inedible grease and
    tallow   from   animal   fat,   bones,   and   meat   scraps.
    Establishments primarily engaged in  manufacturing  lard  and
    edible  tallow and stearin are classified in Group 201; those
    refining  marine  animal  oils  for  medicinal  purposes   in
    Industry   2833;  and  those  manufacturing  fatty  acids  in
    Industry 2899.

    "Fish liver oils, crude  Oil, neat"s-foot
     Fish meal               Oils, animal*
     Fish oil and fish oil   Oils, fish and marine animal: herring,
         meal                 menhaden, whale  (refined), sardine
     Meat meal and tankage*  Rendering plants, grease and tallow*
     Neat's-foot oil          Stearin, animal:  Inedible"
     Oil and meal, fish

*The rendering industry covered  in  this  report  includes  only
meat-meal and tankage; oils, animal; and rendering plants, grease
and tallow.

Rendering  is  a process to convert animal by-products into fats,
oils, and proteinaceous solids.  Heat is used to  melt  the  fats
out  of  tissue,  to coagulate cell proteins and to evaporate the
raw material moisture.  Rendering  is  universally  used  in  the
production  of  proteinaceous  meals from animal blood, feathers,
bones, fat tissue, meat scraps,  inedible  animal  carcasses,  and
animal   offal.   The  rendering  industry consists of off-site or
independent Tenderers and  on-site  or  captive  Tenderers.   The
independent  Tenderers  reprocess discarded animal materials such
as fats, bones, hides, feathers, blood, and offal  into  saleable
by-products,   almost   all  of  which  are  inedible  for  human
consumption, and "dead stock"  (whole animals that die by accident
or through natural causes).  Captive rendering operations, on the
other hand, are usually conducted as an adjunct to  meat  packing
or  poultry  processing  operations  and are housed in a separate
building on the same premises.   Consequently,  captive  renderers
produce  almost all of the  edible lard and tallow made from animal
fats  in addition  to producing inedible by-products.  Two usual
process  differences  between  rendering   edible   or   inedible
materials  are  the  composition and freshness of the materials,
and, second, the process used.   Edible rendering  requires  fresh
 (inspected)  fats  and  usually  is  conducted  by  a  wet or low
temperature  process.   These  processes  do   not  evaporate  raw
material moisture  during cooking,  and  therefore  require  an
additional step to  separate  water  from  the  edible  products.
Inedible rendering  is accomplished exclusively by dry rendering

-------
where the raw material is cooked with no  addition  of  steam  or
water.

Rendering  of  animal by-product materials is one of the original
recycling industries; it began as an industry over 150 years ago.
During the past two decades the production of inedible tallow and
grease (the major products of  rendering  plants)  has  increased
from  2.3 billion pounds, worth $150 million in early 1950, to an
estimated 5.U billion pounds, worth $430  million  for  1971-72.2
This  increase is largely caused by an expansion in livestock and
poultry production.  The increase resulting from increased  plant
efficiency is negligible.

The  United States is the world's leading producer, consumer, and
exporter of tallow and  grease.   Since  the  early  1950's,  the
United  States  has accounted for 55 to 60 percent of the world's
tallow and grease output.  The export market has been the largest
single outlet for inedible tallow and grease, consuming about  50
percent  of  the  domestic  output.   Table  1  lists the various
markets for inedible tallows and greases and  shows  the  current
use   of   tallow   and  grease  in  both  soap  and  fatty  acid
manufacturing to be about one-half of that for animal feeds.   It
also shows that between 1960 and 1970 there was a slight decrease
in their use for soap manufacturing, which is more than offset by
a 2.5 times increase in their use for animal feeds.

Renderers  send  out  trucks  daily  on regular routes to collect
discarded fat and bone trimmings, meat scraps,  bone  and  offal,
blood,  feathers,  and  entire animal carcasses from a variety of
sources:  Butcher  shops,  supermarkets,   restaurants,   poultry
processors, slaughterhouses and meat packing plants, farmers, and
ranchers.   Each  day  the rendering industry, including both on-
site and independent  plants,  processes  more  than  80  million
pounds  of  animal  fat  and  bone materials, in addition to dead
stock, that would otherwise have to be suitably  disposed  of  to
prevent its becoming a national public health problem.3

The  independent  Tenderer  pays for the raw material he collects
and he manufactures usable products, such as tallow for soap  and
for  derivatives for the chemical industry, and meal and inedible
grease for animal and poultry feed.  Because  of  the  perishable
nature  of the raw material collected, renderers must process the
material without delay.  This normally restricts  the  collection
area  to  a  150-mile  radius  around the plant.  However, if the
Tenderer is only picking up  restaurant  grease,  which  is  more
stable, it is possible that he may travel greater distances.

Renderers  are  located in both urban and rural areas.  The urban
Tenderer normally has more modern equipment, shorter  routes  for
pickup  of  raw  materials,  a better grade of raw materials, and
high production rates that  enable  his  operation  to  run  more
efficiently.   The urban renderer usually has access to municipal
sewers and has the option of either providing his  own  treatment
system or buying into the municipal plant.  The country renderer,
on  the  other hand, normally has older equipment, longer routes.
                              10

-------
picks up dead stock,  and  has  a  lower  capacity  system.    The
location  of the rural renderer does not permit him to tie into a
sewer facility and, therefore, he  normally  has  his  own  waste
treatment facilities.

Figure  1  provides  a  general  idea  of the distribution of all
rendering plants throughout the country; it includes both  edible
and  inedible  rendering  plants, on-site as well as independent.
Also, fish rendering plants are included  in  the  state  totals.
Judging  from  Figure  1,  the  number of rendering facilities is
greatest in the central states.  However, the National  Renderers
Association  indicated  that production from facilities along the
Atlantic seaboard equals that from facilities located between the
Appalachian Mountains and the Rockies.

Data from the 1967 Census of Manufactures* is summarized in Table
2.  These data provide some information  regarding  the  size  of
existing  rendering plants.  However, since the data reflect only
69 percent of the  industry,  the  distribution  of  plant  sizes
should be considered only approximate.  Plants range in size from
small  operations employing one to four persons with annual sales
of about $100,000 to large operations employing over 100  persons
with  sales  from  $5  to $10 million.  An average plant could be
characterized as employing 23 people and having annual  sales  of
approximately  $1  million.  Judging from our recent observations
of the industry, it would appear that these figures are no longer
correct, since many companies have consolidated their plants  and
installed  more  modern  gear  with  larger capacities.  However,
because size was measured not in terms of products, but rather by
amount of raw material handled, it is difficult to make an  exact
comparison.   In  any  event,  based  on  the assumption that the
average size plant is as found in this  study—a  plant  handling
59,000  kg  (130,000 pounds) per day of raw material—and based on
average yield values and on current market  prices,  the  average
plant would have annual sales of about $1.5 million.

As  of  1968,  there  were  770 firms operating in 850 facilities
engaged in the rendering of inedible  animal  matter.2   Of  this
number,  some  460  were  operated by independent Tenderers  (off-
site) , 330 were  controlled  by  the  meat  packing  and  poultry
industries   (on-site) ,  and the remainder were owned by a variety
of concerns.  It is estimated that some 275, or about 83 percent,
of the plants controlled by the meat industry are  also  involved
in  edible  rendering.  The industry estimates that the number of
independent renderers is now around 350.

                       PROCESS DESCRIPTION

A general flowsheet  of  the  processes  of  a  typical  inedible
rendering  plant  is shown in Figure 2.   (A general flowsheet for
edible rendering would be similar.)  The  bulk  material   (offal,
bones,  and trimmings) collected by  renderers is normally dumped
into a pit from which it is conveyed to a grinder.  Liquid wastes
collected on the bottom of the pits are usually sewered, although
in a few cases the liquid, if not an excessive amount, is  pumped
                              11

-------
Figure 1.  Distribution of Rendering Plants by State'

-------
on  top  of  the  materials  being conveyed to the grinder or the
cooker.  In the case of poultry offal, it is not always necessary
to grind the raw material before cooking  unless  it  contains  a
large  number  of  whole  birds.  Feathers, if they are not mixed
with poultry offal, are dumped  directly  on  a  floor  to  allow
excess  liquid  to  drain off.  Rendering plants normally process
feathers separately from poultry offal.   Oils  are  poured  into
receiving tanks and from there go directly to cookers.

The process of rendering consists of two essential steps.  First,
the raw material is heated or cooked to melt the tallow or grease
and  permit  the  phases  to  separate  and,  in the dry inedible
process, to evaporate the moisture.   Also,  the  animal  fibrous
tissues  are  conditioned.   The  second  step is a separation of
tallow or grease from the solid proteinaceous  material.   Proper
conditioning of the fibrous tissue is important to accomplish the
second  step efficiently.  In edible rendering little, if any, of
the raw material moisture is evaporated; the cooking is  normally
conducted  at  a lower temperature (49°to 82°C, or 120° to 180°F)
to improve the quality of the grease and tallow.  However,  since
this is done almost exclusively by on-site renderers, it will not
be discussed in great detail in this report.

The  product  yields  and process control of the cookers are very
dependent on the nature of the raw materials.  For  example,  the
moisture content of raw materials ranges from 20 percent moisture
for  beef  fats to 87 percent moisture for blood.  Tables 3 and  U
give the percentage of yield of  a  number  of  common  materials
processed  by  independent  rendering  plants.  The percentage of
moisture, of course, can be calculated by subtracting  the  total
percentage   of  yield  of  fat  and  solids  from  100  percent.
Additional information on the  amount  and  type  of  animal  by-
products  processed  for  various  animal  sources and on product
yields can be found in reference 6 which is also  the  source  of
the information presented in Tables 3 and 4.
                       INEDIBLE RENDERING

                          Batch System

         Note:  Throughout the discussion of production methods
         and concepts  which  follows, the use of trade names is
         included  as necessary to  facilitate the explanations
         presented and understanding by the reader.  Use of such
         trade names,  however, should in no way be construed as
         a product endorsement or  recommendation by the U.S.
         Environmental Protection  Agency.


Batch  rendering,  a   dry  process,  is  a  cooking and moisture-
evaporation operation  performed in a  horizontal  steam  jacketed
cylindrical  "cooker"  equipped with an agitator.  It is referred
to as  a dry rendering  process because the raw material is  cooked
with   no  addition of steam or water and because the moisture in
                               13

-------
     Table  2.   Statistics  by Employment  Size of  Establishment,  1967^
Establishment
With an Average
of:
1 to 4 employees
5 to 9 employees
10 to 19 employees
20 to 49 employees
50 to 99 employees
100 to 249 employees
TOTALS
Number of
Establishments
132
103
127
157
51
18
588
Number of
Employees
300
700
1800
4800
3500
2600
13,700
Value of
Shipments
(millions of
dollars)
12.0
27.9
62.2
207.1
117.1
131.0
557.9*
*Total value of shipments from all sources

-------
the material is removed from the cooker by evaporation.  It is  a
batch process because it follows the repetitive cycle of charging
with  raw  material,  cooking  under  controlled  conditions, and
finally discharging of the  material.   A  typical  modern  batch
rendering  process  is  illustrated  schematically  in  Figure 3,
Although only one cooker is shown, the  usual  installation  will
have from three to ten cookers.

Before  charging  the  dry  batch  cookers,  the  raw material is
usually reduced in size by crushers  (sometimes  called  grinders,
prebreakers,  or  hoggers)  to  a  size  of  1.0 to 2.0 inches to
provide for efficient cooking.  Cooking normally reguires 1.5  to
2.5  hours,  but  may run as long as 3.5 to 4 hours.  The cookers
are charged with raw material by either a screw  conveyor  or  by
blowing  the  material  in under pressure from a "blow tank." The
raw materials used are quite variable, depending on  the  source,
and  adjustments  in  cooking  time,  temperature,  and  speed of
agitation are usually required to properly process the  material.
For  example,  shop  fat and bone from butcher shops may yield 37
percent tallow and have an initial moisture content  of  only  40
percent;  dead  beef  cattle,  when  processed, may yield only 12
percent tallow  and  have  an  initial  moisture  content  of  63
percent.   Then  again,  poultry feathers, which yield no grease,
and may have an initial moisture content of 75  percent,  require
cooking  under pressure  (about 3.7 atmospheres or 40 psig) for 30
to 45 minutes in a batch cooker for  hydrolysis, prior to  cooking
under  normal  or atmospheric pressure for an additional 30 to 40
minutes to reduce the moisture  content  to  40  to  50  percent.
Finally,  the  feathers  are  dried  in a rotary or ring dryer to
reduce the moisture content to 5 percent.

The general practice in determining  the end point of the  cooking
operation  is  by  previously  established  cook  cycles  and  by
periodic withdrawal of samples by the operator to  determine  the
consistency  by  touch of the cooked material.  A less frequently
used method is to measure the moisture content  of  the  material
with an electrical conductivity device, but this approach has not
been  generally  successful; it is ineffective when cooking blood
or a variety of other materials.  Temperature is used  to  follow
the  progress  of  the  cooking.  The temperature of the material
being processed remains substantially constant until the moisture
level has dropped  to  5  to  10  percent.   At  this  point  the
temperature begins to rise rather rapidly and the cooking process
should  then  be  stopped to prevent product degradation and odor
problems.  Throughout the cook, the  jacket steam pressure usually
is maintained constant, between 2.7  and 6.1 atmospheres   (25  and
75  psig) ,  although  a  few  use  a pressure  as  great  as 7.8
atmospheres  (100 psig) or a temperature of 170°C  (334°F).

The cooked material is discharged from the batch  cooker  into   a
percolation pan and left standing until all free-draining fat has
run  off.  The solids are then conveyed to a press  (usually screw
press) to further reduce the fat content.   Finally,   the  solids
are conveyed to grinding and screening operations.
                               15

-------
Table 3.  Raw Material and Product Yields for Inedible Rendering by Type  of Animal


By-Products from Animals
Steers
Cows
Calves
Sheep
Hogs
Broilers (offal & feathers)
Offal and Bone
per Head,
kg (lb)
41-45 (90-100)
50-57 (110-125)
6.8-9.1 (15-20)
3.6-4.5 (8-10)
4.5-6.8 (10-15)
0.45 (1)
Tallow and
Grease,
Percent
15-20
10-20
8-12
25-35
15-20
4
Cracklings
at 10-15% Fat,
Percent
30-35
20-30
20-25
20-25
18-25
26
           Table  4.   Product Yields  for Inedible Rendering by Type  of
                     Raw Material6

By-Products from
Materials
Shop fat and bones
Dead cattle
Dead cows
Dead hogs
Dead sheep
Poultry offal (broiler)
Poultry feathers
Blood
Tallow and
Grease,
Percent
37
12
8-10
30
22
14
—
—
Cracklings
at 10-15% Fat,
Percent
25
25
23
25-30
25
4
12 (meal)
12-14 (meal)
                                  16

-------
Prior  to  10  years  ago,  essentially all inedible rendering at
independent rendering plants was conducted using  the  dry  batch
cookers.   In  recent  years,  however,  a  number of plants have
replaced batch cookers  with  continuous  systems  because  these
systems  offer  inherent  advantages:  Improved  product  quality
control; better confinement of odor  and  fat  aerosol  particles
within the equipment, thereby requiring less cleanup; less space;
and  less  labor for operation and maintenance.  Also, continuous
systems permit increased throughput and  occasionally  result  in
consolidation  of two or more plants.  It is currently estimated,
however, that 75 to 80 percent of the plants still use dry  batch
cookers.  The percentage of batch cookers is expected to continue
to  decrease  in  the near future for economic reasons, but it is
very  doubtful  that  it  will  ever  be  entirely  replaced   by
continuous  systems.  This is because most small plants could not
afford continuous sytems  and  because  some  materials  such  as
feathers and blood are better handled in a dry batch system.


                       Continuous Systems

Continuous  rendering  systems, as mentioned above, have replaced
some batch systems.  A  continuous  system  has  the  ability  to
provide  an  uninterrupted  flow  of  material  and  to produce a
product of more constant quality.   In  addition,  the  residence
time  in  some  continuous  systems  is  much  less than in batch
systems, ranging between 30 and 60 minutes; as a result  of  less
exposure  to  heat,  product  quality  is  improved.  An inherent
disadvantage of the continuous system is that  when  a  component
breaks  down,  the  entire  plant  is  shut  down.   Hence, it is
important that  a  thorough  preventive  maintenance  program  be
rigidly followed to keep the plant in operation.

Unlike  batch systems, the manufacturers of continuous systems do
not use the same basic design.   Currently  there  are  at  least
three  major  manufacturers  of  continuous systems being used by
independent  renderers.   These  three  companies  are  the  Duke
continuous   system,  manufactured  by  the  Dupps  Company;  the
Anderson  C-G    (Carver-Greenfield)   system,   manufactured   by
Anderson-lbec;   and   the  Strata-Flow  System  manufactured  by
Albright-Nell Co.


Duke Rendering System

The Duke system was designed  to  provide  a   method  of  cooking
similar  to  that  of  batch  systems  except  that  it  operates
continuously.  This system  is  illustrated  in  Figure  <*.   The
cooker,  called  the  Equacooker,  is a horizontal steam-jacketed
cylindrical vessel equipped with a rotating shaft  to  which  are
attached  paddles that lift the material and move it horizontally
through the cooker.  Steam-heated coils are also attached to  the
shaft  to  provide  increased heat transfer.   The Equacooker con-
tains three separate compartments which are fitted  with  baffles
to restrict and control the flow of materials  through the cooker.
                              17

-------
                      PROCESSES
                                                                  WASTE WATER
                   RAW MATERIAL
                    RECOVERY
                   CRUSHING AND
                     GRINDING
                                                             ODOR
                                                            CONTROL
1—I
                     COOKING
                   AND MOISTURE
                     REMOVAL
p—    >|
                                                                      	1
                                                                           MATERIAL
                                                                           RECOVERY
                                                                            SYSTEM
                                                                              T
                                                                            1
                                                                          TREATMENT
                                                                            SYSTEM
                                                                •»- WASTE WATER FLOW


                                                                •*- PRODUCT AND MATERIAL FLOW
Figure  2.   General  Flowsheet  of Operations for a Typical Inedible Rendering  Plant
                                        18

-------
The  feed  rate  to the Equacooker is controlled by adjusting the
speed of the variable speed drive for the twin screw feeder; this
establishes the production rate for the  system.   The  discharge
rate  for  the Equacooker is controlled by the speed at which the
control wheel  rotates.   (See  Figure  U.)   The  control  wheel
contains  buckets similar to those used in a bucket elevator that
pick up the cooked material from the Equacooker and discharge  it
to  the  Drainor.   Next  to  the control wheel is located a site
glass column which visually shows  the  operating  level  in  the
cooker.   A  photoelectric  cell unit is provided to shut off the
twin screw feeder when the upper level limit is reached.

The Drainor performs the same function as a percolator pan in the
batch cooker  process.   It  essentially  is  an  enclosed  screw
conveyor  that  contains a section of perforated troughs allowing
the free melted fat to drain through as the solids  are  conveyed
to  the  Pressor  or  screw  press  for  additional separation of
tallow.  The Pressor is similar to any  other  screw  press  used
along  with  a  batch  cooker  to  reduce the grease level of the
crackling.

A central control panel consolidates the process controls for the
Duke system.  The control panel houses  a  temperature  recorder,
steam  pressure  indicators, equipment speed settings, motor load
gages, and stop and start buttons, allowing one person to operate
the Equacooker part of the Duke system.


C-G  (Carver-Greenfield) continuous System

The C-G continuous process is of a considerably different  design
than  the Duke system.  Figure 5 is a schematic diagram of a one-
stage evaporator C-G system.  In the C-G   system,  the  partially
ground  raw material is fed continuously by a triple screw feeder
at a controlled rate to a fluidizing tank.  Fat recycled  through
the C-G system at 104°C  (220°F) suspends the material and carries
it to a disintegrator for further size reduction—the final range
is  from  about 1.0 inch to 1/4-inch pieces.  This slurry is then
pumped to an evaporator.  The evaporator   can  be  a  single-  or
double-stage  unit,  and is held under vacuum.  The vacuum, which
facilitates moisture removal, allows the C-G system to operate at
a lower temperature than  some  other  systems.   The  evaporator
system  is  basically  a  vertical  shell-and-tube heat exchanger
connected to a vacuum system.  The slurry  of solids and fat flows
by gravity through the tubes of the heat exchanger  (evaporator) ,
while  steam is injected into the shell.   The water vapor is then
separated from the slurry in the vapor chamber, which is under   a
vacuum  of  660  to  710  mm  (26 to 28 inches) of mercury.  Water
vapor then passes through a shell and tube condenser connected to
a steam-ejection vacuum system.  The condensed vapors are removed
from the condenser through a barometric leg, which helps maintain
the vacuum in the system.  In the case of  a two-stage  evaporator
system,  the  vapor  evaporated from the second stage serves as  a
heating  medium  for  the  first  stage.   Two-stage  evaporators
provide   steam  economy,  and  are  especially  useful  for  raw


                              19

-------
ro
O
      Dead Stock Carcasses      and Bone
                                         ENTRAINMENT SEPARATOR
          RAW MATERIAL RECEIVING
                                                 Exhaust vapor
                                                                                          Screw Press Vent
                                                                                                 SCREW PRESS
                                      Steam - 25-75 PSI
                                                                      PERCOLATOR
                                                                    — DRAIN PAN
                                             Jacket Condensate
                                                                              Screw Fat Press
                       PRECOAT
                      LEAF FILTER
                                        CENTR FUGE
                                     Solids to Screw Press
                                        Figure 3.   Batch  Cooker Rendering Process

-------
materials with a high moisture content.  The dried slurry of  fat
and cracklings is then pumped from the evaporator to a centrifuge
which  separates  the solids from the liquid.  Part of the fat is
removed from the system at this point,  while  the  remainder  is
recycled back to the fluidizing tank.  The solids discharged from
the  centrifuge  are  screw conveyed to expellers (screw presses)
that reduce the fat content of the solids from about  26  percent
by weight to 6 to 10 percent,

A central control panel allows one operator to control the entire
cooking  process.   Level indicators and controls are provided to
stabilize the flow through the fluidizing and other process tanks
and  also  for  the  vacuum  chamber.   Evaporator   vacuum   and
temperature  are also monitored.  Equipment speed settings, motor
current readings and start/stop push buttons are also located  on
this panel.


Strata-Flow Continuous System

The  third  system,  ANCO-Hormel  Strata-Flow  continuous system,
manufactured by the Albright-Nell Company, is basically a  series
of  batch  cookers stacked one above the other.  Normally five or
six stages are provided in series.  Each cooker stage  is  vented
to  a  common  manifold  that  is  connected  to  a condenser for
removing vapors.

The  crushed  raw  material  from   the   prebreaker   is   blown
continuously  to  the  first stage cooker.  This eliminates screw
conveying and pumping of the raw material.  The  cooked  material
discharges  from  the  last  stage to  a percolation pan called an
Autoperc.  A drag  conveyor  located   in  this  pan  continuously
removes material after the free run fat has drained off.
                        EDIBLE RENDERING

 Edible  rendering  is  estimated to be conducted by less than two
 percent of the independent Tenderers.7  However, these plants  do
 both  edible  and  inedible rendering, and probably less than 1.0
 percent of the raw material handled by independent  Tenderers  is
 used  for edible rendering.

 Edible  rendering  of inspected fats can be conducted by either a
 wet-  or a low-temperature process.  The wet process is  conducted
 in  a vertical tank with injection of live steam under a pressure
 of about 3.7  atmospheres  (UO psig) and a large  volume  of   "tank
 water,"  which should be evaporated.  The quality of the lard and
 tallow thus produced is quite low.  For this  reason,  this  once
 common  process  is  rarely  used  any  more  and  no independent
 rendering plants surveyed in this study  use  the  wet  rendering
 process.   Low-temperature rendering of fats is the most commonly
 used  method for  edible  rendering.   Fats,  after  being  finely
 pulverized  in  a grinder, are placed in a melter and heated to a
 temperature of 49° to 82°C  (120° to  180°F).   When  the  cooking


                               21

-------
                                        VAPOR CONTROLLER
                                                                                 Condensing Tubes
                                                                                                              Blower
                                                                                 Water Spray Nozzles
 INCIN-
ERATOR
   RAW
MATERIAL
   BIN
                     Blower

                	^T) NON-
                                                                               Condensate to Sewer
                                                                                 CENTRIFUGE
CRUDE TALLOW
TANK
                                                                                  \\S\S yt VARI-SPEED
        Steam to Coils

                 EQUACOOKER
            Steam to Jacket
                                                                                                Meal Cake to Grinding
                                                          Press Fat
                                    Figure 4.   Continuous Cooker - Duke Process

-------
temperature   is   maintained  at  or  below  49°C  (120°F),  the
cracklings or solids may also  be  used  as  an  edible  product.
Cooking  at  these  low  temperatures  does not evaporate the raw
material moisture.  Hence, after the fat has separated  from  the
solids  and water in the melter, the cooked material is desludged
by screening or centrifuging.  The water phase is also  separated
during  desludging.  The remaining water entrained in the hot fat
is then removed in a second  centrifuge.   The  separated  water,
called  tank water, can be further evaporated to a thick material
known as stick,  which  can  be  used  as  tankage  for  inedible
rendering.

The  general  practice  in  either wet- or low-temperature edible
rendering is to directly sewer the tank water.  However, this  is
a  poor practice from a pollutional standpoint because tank water
can have a BOD5 of anywhere from 30,000 to  45,000  mg/18  and  a
grease  value as high as 20,000 to 60,000 mg/1.  If, instead, the
tank water is evaporated and the  stick  used  for  tankage,  the
waste  water load from wet- or low-temperature rendering would be
similar to that from a dry process.
               COOKER USES AND PROCESS VARIATIONS

The type of inedible cooker chosen—batch  or  continuous—is  in
some  instances  very dependent upon the material handled and, of
course, on the size of the plant.  Poultry feathers and hog hair,
for example, are handled in most plants in batch  systems.   This
is because these materials must first be cooked under pressure of
about  4*4  atmospheres   (50 psig) to hydrolize the proteinaceous
material  (primarily  keratin)  to  usable  protein  before  being
cooked  and  dried  in  the  same way as other materials are in a
batch system.  A continuous processing system  is  now  available
for materials that require hydrolysis, such as feathers, in which
the material passes through a hydrolyzer and then into a cooker.

Blood  is  another  material  normally  handled in batch cookers.
However, in some cases, the  final  drying  and  conditioning  of
blood,  feathers, and hog hair is carried out in a ring or rotary
dryer.  This method of drying following batch cooking  permits  a
higher  production  rate for a plant with a given number of batch
cookers.  This is because of poor heat transfer during the  later
stages  of drying in batch cookers as the material passes through
a "glue stage."  In a few cases,  blood  is  processed  by  steam
sparging,  which  coagulates  the  albumin;  then the albumin and
fibrin are separated from the blood water by  screening  and  are
processed  in  a  batch  cooker  or ring dryer.  The blood water,
which can have a BOD5 up to 16,000 mg/1, is usually sewered.

The ring dryer system, as the name implies, is in the shape of  a
flattened   ring  or  race  track,  positioned  vertically.   The
material to be dried is first pulverized and then blown into  the
ring  where  it  is  conveyed around the ring by furnace gases of
314° to 425°C  (600° to 800°F).  Centrifugal force,  recirculation
rates,  and  control  dampers  permit the material to recirculate


                              23

-------
          RAW
       MATERIAL
          BIN
                                               Water
MAGNET
           DISINTEGRATOR
  PREBREAKER
          1vent_^JJ
           [Over     Y
  	I8'"
   FLUIDIZING
      TANK
        I 140°F

       &—
      Fluidizing pump
                                                                        EVAPORATOR


                                                                        Condensate
              Recycle Fat at 200° Fahrenheit
              Expeller Fat
  FAT
RECYCLE
 TANK
                                                                                  Recycle Pump
                         Expeller Cake
                          to Grinding
                                                                                                         To Fat Storage
                           Figure 5.  Continuous Cooker by Carrier  -  Greenfield Process

-------
until the particles of the material become light  enough  because
of  drying  to  escape  along  with the exhaust gases.  A cyclone
separates the material from the exhaust gases, which are conveyed
away by an exhaust fan.  This exhaust fan is necessary to  ensure
a  slight negative pressure in the ring dryer and thus to prevent
material from leaking out of the dryer.  The high temperature  of
the  furnace  gases  can  cause  scorching  of  the proteinaceous
material, resulting in strong odors.  Consequently,  the  exhaust
gases are frequently ducted through a spray scrubber.

Rotary   (air) dryers are also used to further dry blood, feather,
and hoghair meals.  The dryer is a horizontal cylindrical  vessel
equipped  with  longitudinal  steam tubes.  The material cascades
through the dryer as it rotates.  Rotary dryers create less of an
odor problem than ring dryers because of the  lower  temperatures
involved and the lower volumes of air required for drying.
                        VAPOR CONDENSING

Cooking vapors from dry batch processes and also from evaporating
tank  water  are  condensed  by one of three methods:  barometric
leg, air condenser, and shell-and-tube heat exchanger.  Prior  to
five  or ten years ago, all vapors were condensed with the use of
a barometric leg.

In a barometric  leg,  the  cooking  vapors  are  contacted  with
condensing waters and together flow gravimetrically out through a
standpipe.   A  barometric  leg  condenser  is basically a water-
powered ejector located on top  of  a  standpipe.   As  the  high
velocity water passes through the ejectcr, it creates a vacuum on
the  downstream  side.   The vacuum draws the cooking vapors into
the  high  velocity  water  where  the  vapors  are  cooled   and
condensed.   The vacuum is usually very slight for batch cookers,
whereas for  several  continuous  systems  using  barometric  leg
condensers  the  vacuum  may be quite high, thus requiring a long
standpipe.   The  standpipe  serves  two  purposes.   First,   it
provides   a   confined  space  for  contact  between  the  vapor
condensing water.  Second, it acts as a reverse water trap-  This
prevents  condensed  vapors  and  cooling   waters   from   being
accidentally  sucked  back  into a sealed cooker as it cools.  To
ensure against backup even under a  nearly  perfect  vacuum,  the
standpipe should be slightly over 10 meters  (33 feet) high.  This
is  because a 1.0-atmosphere vacuum can lift water to a height of
only about 10 meters.  In general, it was observed that very  few
barometric  leg  condensers used in the industry are near 33 feet
in height.  However, a few plants with  barometric  legs  protect
against backup by installing an air check valve in the standpipe.
Hence,  before  a  vacuum  can  lift  water  to  the  top  of the
standpipe, the air valve will open and reduce the vacuum.

Air condensers and shell-and-tube  heat  exchangers  are  rapidly
replacing   the  barometric  leg  for  condensing  water  vapors.
Probably the major reason for this is  that  air  condensers  and
shell-and-tube  heat  exchangers  do not dilute the waste waters.


                               25

-------
Barometric legs, on the  other  hand,  highly  dilute  the  waste
waters  resulting  from  the  condensing  of  vapors.   Usually a
barometric leg is used on each batch cooker, and each requires 57
to 151 liters  (15  to  40  gallons)  per  minute  of  water  for
condensing.   In  plants  that  are  continuing to use barometric
legs, the trend is to recycle treated or partially treated  water
through the barometric leg.

Air  condensers  force  ambient  air  across a bank of externally
finned tubes.  A typical unit has a horizontal section containing
finned tubes, a steel supporting structure with  plenum  chambers
and  fan  ring, axial-flow fan, drive assembly, and miscellaneous
accessories such as louvers, fan guards, and temperature-operated
fan speed controls.

Shell-and-tube heat exchangers are basically cylindrical  vessels
containing a bundle of parallel tubes.  The tubes are enclosed in
such  a manner that they isolate the liquid inside the tubes from
the liquid surrounding the tubes.  Normal flow arrangement is  to
have  the  condensate  inside  the  tubes.   The cooling water is
recirculated through  a  cooling  tower  to  dissipate  the  heat
collected   in   condensing   the   cooking   vapors.   Water  is
continuously added to the cooling water to make up for that  lost
by evaporation.
                   GREASE AND TALLOW RECOVERY

Grease and tallow recovery is normally accomplished in two steps.
The  first  step  is  draining  in percolation or drain pans just
after the material is dumped or removed from cookers.  For  batch
systems,  the  material  may  be  allowed  to drain for up to 2.0
hours.  This normally reduces the fat content of the solids to 25
percent.  The second step in fat reduction involves the  pressing
of  solids  to  reduce  the  residual  tallow  content to 6 to 10
percent.  The usual practice is to use a screw press to allow for
continuous throughput, although some  small  or  old  plants  may
still  use  hydraulic  batch-operated  presses.   The screw press
consists of a cylindrical barrel of metal bars  that  are  spaced
with  narrow  openings  between  to  allow the fat to be squeezed
through by the action of a rotating screw.  Hence,  the  pressure
within  the  screw  press  is  maintained by friction and the fat
present in the solids  provides  a  lubricating  effect.   It  is
important  that  overpressing  of  the  tallow from the solids be
avoided;  otherwise  overheating  and  scorching  can  result  in
producing   smoke   and  strong  odors.   Frequently,  the  smoke
generated by screw presses  is  drawn  through  an  odor  control
system that uses either wet scrubbing or incineration.

In  possibly 1.0 percent of the plants, the second step in grease
and  tallow  reduction  involves  solvent  extraction.   In  this
process  a  solvent  such  as hexane is used to remove the excess
grease.  Heat is then required to separate the solvent  from  the
grease  and  to  remove  it  from  the  solids.   The  solvent is
recovered for recycle.   This  process  reduces  the  tallow  and


                               26

-------
grease  content  of  the  solids  to  1.0  percent  or less.   The
increased income derived from the  additional  fat  recovered  by
solvent  extraction,  however,  is usually too small to encourage
widespread use of solvent recovery.

Tallow and grease recovered in the  two  steps  of  drainage  and
pressing  are normally combined and then further clarified.  This
usually  involves  screening,  centrifuging,  or  filtering,   or
combinations  thereof.   Solids  recovered from clarification are
returned to the cracklings prior to the second step of tallow and
grease recovery.  The tallow and  grease  are  then  pumped  into
storage tanks and held for later shipment.


                        SOLIDS PROCESSING

The solid proteinaceous material discharged from the screw press,
known  as  cracklings,  is  normally  screened  and ground with a
hammer mill to produce a meat and bone meal product  that  passes
through  a  10- to 12-mesh screen.  The finely divided solids are
usually stored in  bulk  handling  systems  for  later  shipment.
Occasionally this material is blended with another, such as blood
or  feather  meal,  to  ensure  a  high  level  of crude protein.
Frequently, the blood and/or feather meal  are  bagged  prior  to
shipment,  although this operation is normally a relatively small
one.
                          ODOR CONTROL

Odor control is practiced in nearly all rendering  plants  today.
Although  rendering  odors are not necessarily harmful to health,
they may be very offensive to people because  of  their  distinct
nature  and  the  complexity  of  the  odor compounds present.  A
recent study9 identified a number of odorous compounds present in
rendering plant emissions.  The important categories of compounds
identified were sulfides, amines, aldehydes,  ketones,  alcohols,
and  organic  acids.  The major methods of odor control basically
involve  using  scrubbers  with  or  without   chemical   oxidant
solutions    (the   most   commonly   used   chemical   is  sodium
hypochlorite),  and  incinerators.   Condensers  and  temperature
control  of  cooking  vapors  involve  rendering plant operations
which  should  be  adequately  controlled  to   minimize   odors.
Excellent  discussions  of  the  control  of  odors from inedible
rendering plants can be found in references 2 and 10.

The primary sources of odor are from  the  cooking  and  pressing
operations  because,  in  both  cases,  the material is heated to
temperatures of 105°C  (220°F) or  higher.   Of  course,  aged  or
deteriorated   raw   materials   will  appreciably  increase  the
intensity of odors from these operations.   Furthermore,  if  the
raw  materials are not particularly fresh, it may be necessary to
control this odor source by covering screw conveyors and  venting
them to the odor control system.
                               27

-------
The  condenser  plays  a very important part in, controlling odors
from cookers.  One of the best ways of controlling any odors from
the cookers is to  ensure  that  the  final  temperature  of  the
condensed  cooking  vapors  is  below 52°C (125°F), or preferably
below 38°C (100°F).  In addition, the noncondensable vapors  from
the cooker, which give high-intensity odors, can be controlled by
venting  directly  to  the  boiler  used for generating the plant
steam.  This is feasible only under  certain  circumstances.   If
the  odorous  stream  is  used  as  primary  combustion  air, the
necessary precautions must be  taken  to  remove  solid  and  fat
aerosol  particles before passing this air through the boiler and
controls.  Also, the boiler must be equipped with suitable burner
controls to ensure that the minimum firing rate is sufficient  to
incinerate the maximum volume of effluent gas passing through the
boiler  firebox,  regardless  of  the  steam requirements.  Press
odors are treated by venting these vapors through a  scrubber  or
incinerator.   The  intensity  of  the  smoke  and  odor from the
presses is occasionally high  enough  that  the  scrubbing  water
cannot be recycled.

Using  water  without  chemicals  in  a scrubber usually does not
permit high recirculation rates, and thus  requires  large  water
use;  the  effect  is  that  the  waste waters from the plant are
diluted.  When chemicals such as sodium hypochlorite are used, it
is normal to recycle up to 95 percent  of  the  scrubber  waters;
this minimizes chemical and waste water treatment costs.  Wasting
5.0  percent of chemical scrub water should not affect either the
volume of the waste water or its treatability to  any  noticeable
degree,

Direct-fired  incineration  units could be used anywhere in place
of the scrubber, although they are normally used  only  for  low-
volume, high-intensity odors.  However, in recent months, the use
of  incinerators  has  been  reduced  drastically  because of the
difficulty in obtaining the necessary fuel.   Even  before  there
was  difficulty in obtairiing fuels, scrubbers were believed to be
the most economical method of odor control.9
                       WASTE WATER SOURCES

Waste waters from the rendering  of  raw  materials  contain  the
condensate or moisture evaporated from the raw materials and wash
water  from  cleaning  the \plant  and  the  raw materials pickup
trucks.  In some  cases,  the  waste  water  contains  additional
condenser  water and liquid drainage from the raw materials.  The
strength of these waste waters, which contain  organic  materials
including   soluble  and  insoluble  protein,  grease,  suspended
solids, and inorganic materials, can be greatly  increased  as  a
result  of  rundown  and poorly maintained equipment.  Also, poor
housekeeping practices can result in accidental spills of raw and
finished materials into the waste waters and the foaming over  of
material  from  the  cookers.  A detailed discussion of the waste
water  characteristics,  sources,  and  contributing  factors  is
presented in Section V.


                               28

-------
Trucks  and  barrels  used  for  picking  up  raw  materials  are
carefully washed after each use.  The amount of  water  used  for
this  is  probably  insignificant,  although these operations can
contribute significantly to the waste load, particularly  to  the
grease  load.   Barrel  washing,  however,  is  not  as  common a
practice as it once was in rendering plants, since  most  barrels
are  emptied at the pickup site and are not brought to the plant.
Barrels are primarily used to transport restaurant grease.

Washdown in inedible rendering plants is not nearly as  intensive
as  it  is  in  meat  processing  and  packing  plants.  In fact,
washdown usually occurs at the end  of  a  day's  operation  when
rendering  has  been  completed.   Normally  only  the  areas for
receiving, grinding, and cooking of raw materials and the product
separating and grinding areas are washed down.  The  other  areas
of  the  plant  are  generally  drycleaned,   Washdown does occur
within the plant, however, whenever there is an accidental spill.
Washdown of accidental spills without prior dry cleanup obviously
adds significantly to the  waste  load  from  inedible  rendering
plants.   The  most  common accidental spills observed, that were
entirely cleaned up by  washdown,  were  of  tallow  and  grease.
Fortunately,   a  properly  operated  materials  recovery  system
 (primary or in-plant treatment) can recover a  large  portion  of
these materials for recirculation to the cookers.
                       MATERIALS RECOVERY

Materials  recovery   from  the waste water  streams  (primary or in-
plant   treatment)  is  conducted  in  essentially  all  rendering
plants.   The  most   common  materials   recovery   system  used by
independent  renderers  is  a  catch  basin or  skimming  device.
Basically,   this  device   is  a  large   rectangular  tank  in the
effluent stream to allow grease and oil  to float to  the  surface
and  solids to  settle  to the bottom, thus separating them from the
waste   water.   Grease and oil that float  to the surface in catch
basins  are normally removed manually once  or  twice  a  day  and
blended in with the raw materials for recycling, or are processed
separately.    With  automatic skimming devices, the materials may
be collected for  recycle once or twice   a  day  or they  may  be
continuously  recycled  using  screw  conveyor  systems.   Solids
collected  from   catch  basins  are  less  frequently   recycled;
however,   it   is    becoming   more  common  practice  today  to
occasionally  pump  out  solids  and  recycle  them  through  the
rendering equipment.

Some rendering   plants   (15  out  of  49  plants  included in the
survey) have air  flotation systems in place of  catch  basins  or
skimming  devices.    However,  these  systems  are normally  not
operated under optimum conditions for either  materials  recovery
or   waste water treatment.  Optimum conditions might require flow
equalization,  pH  control,  temperature control, and the  addition
of   chemical  flocculating agents.  The temperature of rendering
plant waste  waters is often somewhere between 70°  and 85°C   (125°
and  150°F),  which is  too high for effective grease removal by air


                              29

-------
flotation  systems  or  by  other gravity separation methods.   At
these temperatures, grease  is  too  soluble  in  water  for  the
required  phase  separation.  Further,  chemicals are not normally
added to the air flotation system because  the  resulting  sludge
collected  would  be  very  high in water (85 to 95 percent)  and,
consequently, this excess water would  add  considerably  to  the
heat  load  if  recycled  through  the  cookers.  The addition of
chemicals could also change the nature of  the  grease  and  thus
lower  its  market  value.   One  solution to this is to have two
materials recovery systems in series, where the second one is  an
air flotation device to which chemicals have been added.
                HIDE CURING (ANCILLARY OPERATION)

Hide  curing  occurs in a number of rendering plants, essentially
as  a  separate  operation  from  rendering.   In   many   cases,
slaughterhouses   and  packinghouses  from  which  the  renderers
collect their material are either too small to handle hide curing
or do not have the necessary equipment.   Consequently,  for  the
renderer  to  obtain these sources as users of his "services," he
must also pick up the hides along with  his  raw  materials.   In
addition,  many  rendering plants handling a large number of dead
animals will find it economically favorable to remove  the  hides
from dead carcasses for curing.

The  older  method of curing hides was to dry-pack hides in salt.
However, in recent years the  trend  has  been  to  replace  this
operation   with   brine   curing  in  raceways  or  brine  vats.
Essentially, the hide curing is a dehydration process, and in the
brine-curing  process   there   results   a   net   overflow   of
approximately  2.0  to  3.0  gallons  of brine cure for each hide
handled.  These wastes are nearly saturated with  salt  and  also
contain  other  dissolved solids plus blood, tissue, and fats and
oils.  The overall contribution of this waste load to  that  from
the rendering plant is usually relatively small.  However, a high
salt load can cause problems in the treatment of the waste waters
and  in  some  cases  may  make  it very difficult for a plant to
obtain a final chloride content that would meet  some  State  and
local  regulations,  A possible solution to this problem might be
to blend the curing effluent with the raw material as it enters a
dry cooker.
                               30

-------
                           SECTION IV

                     INDUSTRY CATEGORIZATION


                         CATEGORIZATION

In developing effluent limitations guidelines  and  standards  of
performance for the rendering industry, a judgment was made as to
whether  limitations  and standards are appropriate for different
segments (subcategories) within the industry.   To  identify  any
such subcategories, the following factors were considered:

     o     waste water characteristics and treatability

     o     Raw materials

     o     Final products                      4

     o     Manufacturing processes (operations)

     o     Processing equipment

     o     Size, age, and location of production facilities.

After considering all of these factors, no justification could be
found  for  subdividing  the industry.  Hence, the industry  as a
whole  constitutes  a  single  subcategory,  and   the   effluent
limitations  and  standards  of  performance  recommended in this
report are intended to apply to all independent rendering  plants
except  those  processing fish by-products which are evaluated as
part of the  studies  of  the  Seafood  Processing  point  source
category.

As  described  above,  the  typical  plant  representative of the
subcategory is one that collects animal by-products such as bone,
offal,   fat,   and   dead   animals   from   such   sources   as
slaughterhouses,  processing  plants, butcher shops, restaurants,
feed lots, and ranches, and processes them into products such  as
fats,  oils,  and  solid proteinaceous meal.  The products may be
either edible or inedible.  Plants  processing  fish  by-products
are  not  included  in this study.  In addition, rendering plants
that are an adjunct  to  meat  and  poultry  operations  and  are
located  on the same premises are not included in the subcategory
of renderers.  An independent rendering plant may also cure hides
as an ancillary operation.  The  manufacturing  processes  in  an
independent rendering plant are shown in Figure 6.

                  RATIONALE FOR CATEGORIZATION

          Waste Water Characteristics and Treatability

Basic  processes  in independent rendering plants are essentially
the same, although such factors as eguipment type, raw materials,
size, and age of the plant may differ.  Hence, it was possible to


                              31

-------
              BASIC PROCESSES
                    ANCILLARY PROCESS
              RAW MATERIAL
                RECEIVING
              CRUSHING AND
                GRINDING
              COOKING AND
                 DRYING
                 PRODUCT
               SEPARATION
MEAL GRINDING
AND SCREENING
  GREASE
CLARIFYING
  BLENDING
  STORAGE
   STORAGE
  SHIPPING
   SHIPPING
                                                     HIDE CURING
              Figure  6.  Manufacturing Processes of a Rendering Plant
                                 32

-------
consider division of the industry on the basis of  those  factors
which   might   group   plants   with  similar  raw  waste  water
characteristics.  The waste water characteristic used in analyses
of possible subcategorization  of  the  industry  was  the  5-day
biochemical  oxygen  demand  (BOD5)   in  units per 1000 units raw
material (RM)  handled or processed:   kg BOD5/kkg RM (Ib BOD5/1°°0
Ib RM).  BOD5 provides the best measure of  plant  operation  and
treatment  effectiveness  among  the parameters studied, and more
data  are  available  than  for  any  other   waste   parameters.
Suspended   solids,   grease,   and  COD  data  substantiate  the
conclusions developed from using BODJ5 in characterizing both  the
industry  and  the  raw  waste   (Section  V).   The raw waste was
evaluated and is herein discussed as that waste water  discharged
subsequent   to   materials  recovery  operations—catch  basins,
skimming tanks, etc.

The major plant waste load is organic and  biodegradable:   BOD5,
which  is  a  measure of biodegradability, is the best measure of
the load entering the waste stream from the plant.   Furthermore,
because  secondary  waste treatment is a biological process, BOD5
also provides a useful measure of the treatability of  the  waste
and  the effectiveness of the treatment process.  Chemical oxygen
demand  (COD) measures total organic content  and  some  inorganic
content.   COD is a good indicator of change, but does not relate
directly to biodegradation, and thus does not indicate the demand
on a biological treatment process or on a stream.

A number of additional parameters were also considered for use in
categorization besides BOD5, suspended solids, grease,  and  COD.
Among  these  were  nitrites  and  nitrates,  Kjeldahl  nitrogen,
ammonia, total  dissolved  solids,  total  volatile  solids,  and
phosphorus.   In  each  case,  data  were insufficient to justify
categorizing on the basis of the  specified  parameters;  on  the
other  hand,  the  data  on these parameters helped to verify the
judgments based on BODJ5.

Waste  Waters  from  all  plants   contain   the   same   general
constituents  and  are  amenable  to  treatment  by  a variety of
biological treatment concepts.  Geographical location, and  hence
climate,  does not affect the treatability of the waste.  Climate
may  influence  the  selection  or  design  of  biological  waste
treatment  concepts employed.  However, the ultimate treatability
of the waste is not affected by the biological  process  used  if
treatment effectiveness can be sustained at the highest levels by
adhering  to sound principles of design and operation as outlined
in  Section  VII-   Judging  from  biological   waste   treatment
effectiveness  and  final  effluent limits, waste waters from all
plants contain the same constituents and are amenable to the same
kinds of biological treatment concepts.   Geographical  location,
and  hence climate, affects the treatability of the waste to some
degree.  All biological activity  slows  at  lower  temperatures;
hence,  biological waste treatment systems do not perform as well
in the winter months in  northern  areas  as  they  do  when  the
weather is warm.  Climate has occasionally influenced the kind of
secondary   waste   treatment   used.    However,   the  ultimate
                               33

-------
treatability of the waste or the treatment effectiveness  can  be
maintained   at   the  highest  levels  by  using  a  variety  of
alternatives including not discharging during the coldest  months
of  the  year.   The  time period for no discharge will vary with
location, but should never exceed 6 months.   This  is  the  same
practice that is used by plants that dispose of their waste water
by irrigation.

                          Raw Materials

The  type  and nature of raw materials processed is meaningful in
substantiating  a  single  subcategory.   A   clear   independent
relationship was disclosed that all types of raw materials may be
expected  to result in similar BOD5 discharges.  In addition, the
range (low and high) and average of BOD5 waste water  values  for
plants  processing  greater  than  50 percent poultry by-products
could not be differentiated from  those  plants  processing  less
than  50  percent poultry by-products or from those for the total
industry.  This is illustrated by bar graphs in Figure 7.

For the purposes of conducting a rigorous  analysis  of  possible
effects  due  to  this factor, raw materials (as waste animal by-
products) were classified as follows:

     o     Packinghouse  (slaughterhouse) materials which are
           primarily animal offal

     o     Shop fat and bones

     o     Grease

     o     Blood

     o     Dead animals

     o     Poultry offal

     o     Feathers and hair.

Multiple regression analysis techniques described in Section  III
were  used  to  correlate  the percent of raw material in each of
these classes with the raw  BODji  load  for  each  set  of  data.
Information  from  questionnaires  and  other data sources for 29
independent Tenderers was sufficiently complete with flow,  BOD5,
and raw material data to permit this analysis.  Some of this data
represented  the average of data over a period of several months;
other data  represented  grab  or  composite  values  over  short
periods  such  as  one or two days.  The result of the regression
analysis is  best  indicated  by  the  multiple  correlation  co-
efficient.  This coefficient was found to be 0.39.  The square of
this  number,  or 0.16, is a measure of the predictability of the
change in BOD5 load caused by a  change  in  raw  materials.   In
other  words, 16 percent of a BOD5 load change could be accounted
for by a change in raw materials.   For  the  dependence  between
animal  by-products and BOD5 load to be explained with reasonable

-------
     6.00
     5.00
     4.00
cc

Jsi
 in
Q
O
CO
     3.00
     2.00
    1.00
                       (29)

                                                  -MAXIMUM
                                                                     (4)
                                                  -MINIMUM
                     TOTAL
                   INDUSTRY
                                            <50%
                                          POULTRY
                                        BY-PRODUCTS
   >50%
 POULTRY
BY-PRODUCTS
                         Figure  7.  Average  and  Range  of  BOD5. Data by Raw Material Type

-------
certainty as a basis for subcategorization,  the  square  of  the
multiple  correlation  coefficient  should  be  greater than 0.5.
That is, it could be predicted that at least half of the  changes
or  differences  in  raw  BOD5  were attributable to raw material
characteristics.  The lack of dependence between  BOD5  load  and
raw  materials  is somewhat surprising since the raw materials in
each of the classes have different initial moisture contents  and
product  yields  of  solids and of tallow and grease.  But then a
simple regression analysis between  BOD5  load  and  waste  water
flow,  both  expressed  in  units  per 1000 units of raw material
processed, also did not reveal a  correlation.   The  correlation
coefficient for this analysis was -0.027.

                         Final Products

The  final  products  are generally the same for all plants.  The
factor was found to be closely related to  overall  manufacturing
processes  and  equipment thus supporting subcategorization based
on these factors as described below.
                     Manufacturing Processes

The manufacturing processes in rendering were shown in Figure  6.
Those  processes  considered  as  basic—raw materials receiving,
crushing and grinding, cooking and  drying,  product  separation,
meal  grinding  and  blending, grease clarifying, and storage and
shipping—are conducted in most plants.  In a few cases, such  as
plants  processing  poultry  byproducts  (offal and feathers mixed
together), the only product is meal, and no grease  is  separated
and  clarified.  These plants may have more complex meal grinding
and screening processes.  Coupled with the analysis of processing
equipment and methods described below,  the  basic  manufacturing
processes  were  found  to  be consistent throughout the industry
thus  substantiating  the  single  subcategory  conclusion  first
discovered when analyzing raw materials.

The   ancillary   manufacturing  process  (hide  curing)  is  not
practiced  by  all  plants,  but  the  process   can   contribute
additional  waste to the raw effluent when the waste load is only
based upon  the  amount  of  raw  material  used  for  the  basic
manufacturing  processes, as it is in this report.  But to create
a separate category for rendering plants that  cure  hides  would
not  result  in a separate set of fixed effluent standards.  This
is because the additional waste load caused  by  hide  curing  is
dependent  on  the relative amounts of raw materials processed in
the basic and ancillary manufacturing processes.

The most equitable method of accounting for  the  additional  raw
waste  load caused by hide curing, therefore, was found to be the
use of an adjustment factor.   The  adjustment  factor  for  hide
curing is presented in detail in Sections IX and X.


                Processing Equipment and Methods


                              36

-------
      6.00
                       (29)
     5.00
     4.00
a:
 1A
Q
O
CO
3.00
     2.00
    1.00
                                              (17)
                                                  -MAXIMUM
                                                                                           (5}
                                                                    (4)
                                                  -AVERAGE
                                                 -MINIMUM
                    TOTAL
                   INDUSTRY
                                      BATCH
                                     SYSTEMS
  DUKE
SYSTEMS
   C-G
SYSTEMS
                          Figure  8.  Average and Range of BOD5^ Data by Cooker Type

-------
                                                             se


                                                       BOD5 kg/kkg RM
 H-


 e


 CD


 ^O
 o

 Hi


 Cd

 O


|g
o
o
3
                             o
                             o
                                     o
                                     o
CO

b
o
                                                                           o
01

b
o
en

b
o
        co-t
        m 3)
  to
oi
O m
        O'
        mco


        "2
        mC
        3J ED
       0>
       mO

       20
       m m
       JJU
                                                                                                         (D
                                               m
                                               O
                                                                                 >
                                                                                 X

-------
   Table 5.  Raw Waste Data on Rendering Plants by Equipment Type

Parameter
BOD5
kg/kkg RM
(lb/1000 Ib RM)




SS
kg/kkg RM
(lb/1000 Ib EM)





Grease
kg/kkg RM
(lb/1000 Ib RM)




Equipment
Type*
Total
Batch
Duke
C-G
Baro
S & T
Air

Total
Batch
Duke
C-G
Baro
S & T
Air
Total
Batch
Duke
C-G
Baro
S & T
Air
Number of
Observations
29
17
4
5
6
14
6

26
14
4
5
3
14
5
16
9
2
5
2
9
4
Average
Value
2.15
2.31
1.92
1.56
2.10
1.78
2.42

1.13
1.06
1.54
0.97
1.79
0.98
0.56
0.72
0.44
1.66
0.90
2.09
0.55
0.41
Standard
Deviation
1.34
1.34
0.99
1.97
1.39
0.95
2.00

1.39
0.91
2.44
1.87
2.20
1.44
0.65
1.14
0.48
1.82
1.83
2.96
0.96
0.43
High
Value
5.83
5.83
3.15
4.83
4.83
3.64
5.83

5.18
3.33
5.18
4.32
4.32
5.18
1.45
4.18
0.92
2.94
4.18
4.18
2.94
1.07
Low
Value
0.10
0.72
1.07
0.10
1.20
0.10
0.72

0.03
0.03
0.05
0.06
0.39
0.05
0.03
0.00
0.00
0.37
0.04
0.00
0.04
0.04
^Values listed as:

     o  "Total'7 is a summary of all data,  regardless of equipment type
         and included four plants using more than one type of cooker or
         condenser.

     o  Batch, Duke, or C-G:  Summary of the information on plants using
        one type of these cookers,  respectively.

     o  Baro, S & T, or Air:  Summary of the information on plants using
        one of the following types  of condensers:  barometric leg, shell-
        and-tube, and air condensers, respectively.
                                39

-------
The processing equipment considered as factors for categorization
were  the  type of cookers—batch versus continuous—and the type
of condensers used for condensing cooking vapors—barometric leg,
shell-and-tube, and air condensers.   Other  types  of  equipment
such  as grinders, presses, etc., were not considered because the
basic operating principles were generally quite similar for  each
type  of  equipment,  regardless of the manufacturer, and because
there was no significant difference in the  contribution  to  the
waste  water load from different equipment designs within a given
equipment  type   (e.g.,  all  batch  cookers  or  all  continuous
cookers) .

Table  5 summarizes the raw waste data on 51 rendering plants (<*9
from questionnaires, 2 from field survey) comparing various kinds
of  cookers  and  condensers  with  resultant  raw  waste   BOD5,
suspended  solids,  grease,  flow,  and  amount  of raw materials
handled.  Figures 8 and 9 graphically illustrate  the  conclusion
to  group  the  industry  into  single  segment  because of close
similarities in waste load regardless of processes  or  equipment
employed.   These  data show that there are no distinct raw waste
water load differences when the data are grouped by the types  of
cookers  and  condensers  used.   Thus, it was concluded that the
factor of  process  equipment  proved  consistent  with  findings
regarding   manufacturing  process  and  substantially  supported
designation of a  single category for the rendering industry.


        Size, Age, and Location of Production Facilities

Size, age, and location are not meaningful factors for developing
subcategories.  Size as  a  factor  was  evaluated  by  a  simple
regression analysis between raw BOD^ waste load and the amount of
raw  material  processed per day using the data collected in this
study.   This  analysis  revealed  no  discernible   relationship
between BOD5 waste load and size, as measured by the daily amount
of  raw  materials processed.  This was indicated by the value of
the correlation coefficient, 0.062, showing a very low degree  of
correlation.   The  same data were also separated into three data
groups based on amount of raw material  used.   The  data  groups
represented  approximately  equal numbers of plants.  Analysis of
the data in each  of the groups showed  no  correlation  of  plant
size with BOD5 waste load.  Figure 10 shows the average and range
values  of  BOD5  for the three size groups and for all the plants
included in the study  (indicated in Figure 10 by total).

The scatter diagram of  raw  BOD5  wasteload  versus  plant  size
(Figure  10A)  shows  that the raw wasteload is not a function of
the plant size.   That is, several plants of the  same  size  will
have  different wasteloads depending on plant practices.  This is
further substantiated by the results of a regression analysis  of
the  wasteload  and  plant  size  data  in  that the linear model
obtained from the analysis is not statistically significant.

Age is often reflected by the type of processing equipment  used.
Plants  over  ten years  old were originally equipped with batch


                             40

-------
     6.00
     5.00
     4.00
     3.00
     2.00
     1.00
                    (29)
                                                           (10)
                                         (8)
                                              MAXIMUM
                                            -AVERAGE
                                            -MINIMUM
                                                                               (11)
                 TOTAL
                 INDUSTRY
 <45,000  kg
dOO.OOO  lb)
  45,000-114,000  kg
(100,000-250,000  16)
 >114,000 kg
[>250,000 lb)
                               Plant Size:  kg (lb) of Raw Material
Figure 10.   Average and  Range of BOD5  Values  for  Three  Size  Groups of  Plants
              and for All  Plants Studied (Total)

-------
                       Figure 10A - Scatter Diagram of Raw Wasteload Versus Plant Size
    6.00  r
    5.00
    4.00
KKg RM





    3.00
    2.00
    1.00
                 ort      o
                 


-------
cookers and barometric leg condensers.  However, in recent  years
some  older  plants  have  replaced batch systems with continuous
systems and barometric leg condensers with air or  shell-and-tube
condensers.   Newer  plants use both batch and continuous systems
and also use shell-and-tube and air  condensers  more  frequently
than  barometric  legs.   Therefore, the major difference, from a
raw waste load standpoint between old and new plants is the  type
of  processing  equipment.   Since processing equipment served to
indicate a single discrete  subcategory,  the  close  correlation
between  age  of facilities and equipment means that age helps to
reiterate this conclusion.

Examination of the raw waste water  characteristics  relative  to
plant  location  revealed  no  apparent  relationship or pattern.
Variations in raw waste load were observed  to  be  as  large  or
larger during a given month as they were between different months
for  a  specific  location.   The  same pattern also existed when
comparing data for plants in different locations.  This  "pattern
of randomness" for location is to be expected, however, and is in
agreement  with  similar results encountered in other segments of
the meat industry.  As discussed in section V, it is such factors
as materials  recovery  practices,  production  spills,  clean-up
practices,  and  disposition  of  condensates  which most clearly
affect raw waste for any specific plant.  The type of animal  by-
products  being  processed  is  sometimes  influenced by location
 (e.g. more poultry in southern areas, more livestock in midwest)  ,
but as mentioned previously, the type of raw  material  processed
had no discernible effect on raw waste.
                              43

-------

-------
                            SECTION V

              WATER USE AND WASTE CHARACTERIZATION


                   WASTE WATER CHARACTERISTICS

Water  is  used  in the rendering industry for condensing cooking
vapors, plant cleanup, truck and barrel  washing,  odor  control,
and  for  boiler  makeup  water.   The  principal  operations and
processes in rendering plants where waste water originates are:

     o    Raw material receiving

     o    Condensing cooker vapors

     o    Plant cleanup

     o    Truck and barrel washing.

Waste  waters  from  rendering  plants  contain  organic   matter
 (including  grease),  suspended  solids,  and inorganic materials
such  as  phosphates,  nitrates,  nitrites,  and   salt.    These
materials enter the waste stream as blood, meat and fatty tissue,
body  fluids,  hair,  dirt, manure, hide curing solutions, tallow
and grease,  and  meal  products   (such  as  meat,  bone,  blood,
feathers,  hair,  and  poultry  meal),  and  caustic  or alkaline
detergents.


                    Raw Waste Characteristics

The raw waste load characteristics from  the  rendering  industry
discussed  in the following paragraphs include the effects of the
materials  recovery  process   (considered   the   primary   waste
treatment  system  such  as catch basins, skimming tanks, and air
flotation) .

The parameters used to characterize the  raw  effluent  were  the
flow,  BOD5,  suspended solids  (TSS), grease, COD, total volatile
solids  (TVS), total dissolved solids   (TDS),  Kjeldahl  nitrogen,
ammonia,  nitrates,  nitrites,  chlorides,  and  phosphorus.   As
discussed in Section IV,  BOD,5  is  considered  to  be  the  best
available  measure  of  the  waste  load.   The parameter used to
characterize the size of the operations was  the  amount  of  raw
materials   processed.    All  values  of  waste  parameters  are
expressed as kg/kkg of raw materials (RM),  which  has  the  same
numerical  value  when expressed in lb/1000 Ib RM.  Amount of raw
materials processed is expressed in units of kkg RM.

Table 6 summarizes the plant and raw waste water  characteristics
for independent rendering plants-  The summary includes averages,
standard  deviations, ranges  (high and low values), and number of
observations  (plants).
                             45

-------
The data used to compute the values presented  in  Table  6  were
obtained  through  questionnaires distributed to their members by
the National Renderers Association (NRA),  through  supplementary
data  submitted  by  the  companies  {such as laboratory analysis
reports and consulting  engineers1  reports) ,  and  through  data
obtained from the field sampling survey.  Questionnaires provided
information  on  49 plants; 12 of these were also included in the
field sampling survey.  Two other  plants  that  did  not  submit
questionnaires  were  also  sampled.    Thus,  the total number of
plants included in this study was 51, or about 11 percent of  the
industry.   Data  were  not  available  for  all  plants  for all
pertinent parameters.  Thus, the number of observations  used  to
develop  averages or other characteristics may not conform to the
sample total even for such parameters  as  waste  water  flow  or
pounds of raw materials processed.  The data in Table 6 for flow,
raw  materials,  BOD5, suspended solids, and grease are primarily
based on questionnaire data; data on  the  other  variables  were
largely  based  on  supplementary and field sampling information.
While  the  sampling  data   generally   verified   questionnaire
information,  a  number of presumably atypical conditions existed
for four or five plants during the  field  visits  which  clearly
caused  unusual  results  for  raw waste loads.  As summarized in
Table 8A, the conditions included spills from cookers,  emergency
use  of  old  equipment,  and  malfunctions  of  certain in-plant
controls.  Wherever helpful for  the  purposes  of  industry  and
process   descriptions,   however,   the  data  or  circumstances
reflecting these conditions  are  included  to  provide  as  much
thoroughness  as possible in the presentation.  Thus, the general
waste load characteristics  (for  BOD5,  TSS)   were  derived  from
submissions by the industry itself.


                    Discussion of Raw Wastes

The  data  in  Table  6 cover a waste water flow of 467 to 20,000
1/kkg RM  (56 to 2400 gal./lOOO Ib RM); a BOD5 waste load range of
0.10 to 5.83 kg BOD5/kkg RM  (0.10 to 5.83 Ib  BOD5/1000  Ib  RM)  ;
and  a production range of  3.6 to 390 kkg RM/day  (8000 to 860,000
Ib RM/day).

Variations in waste water flow  per  unit  of  raw  material  are
largely   attributable   to  the  type  of  condensers  used  for
condensing the cooking vapors and, to a  lesser  extent,  on  the
initial moisture content of the raw material.   (See Section III.)
Table  7 shows that the average waste water flow for plants using
barometric leg condensers is much higher, by at least a factor of
2, than for those using either she11-and-tube or air  condensers.
The  range  and  standard deviation in the flow values are large,
however, for all three types of condensers, which undoubtedly  is
partially  caused  by  the  type of raw materials processed.  The
volume of water used for cleanup can be a significant portion  of
the  flow  per  unit of RM; typically it amounts to 30 percent of
the total flow.

-------
Table 6.  Summary of Raw Waste Characteristics for Rendering Industry3
Parameter*
Flow, 1/kkg RM
(gal./ 1000 Ib RM)
Raw Material, kkg/day
(1000 Ib/day)
BOD , kg/kkg RM
SS , kg/kkg RM
Grease, kg/kkg RM
COD, kg/kkg RM
Total Volatile
Solids, kg/kkg RM
Total Dissolved
Solids, kg/kkg RM
Total Kjeldahl
Nitrogen, kg/kkg RM
Ammonia, kg/kkg RM
Nitrate, kg/kkg RM
Nitrite, kg/kkg RM
Chloride, kg/kkg RM
Total Phosphorus,
kg/kkg RM
Number of
Observations
47b
48
29
26
18
16
18
17
17
16
14
13
14

17
Average
Value
3261
(403)
94
(206)
2.15
1.13
0.72
8.04
3.34
3.47
0.476
0.299
0.008
0.003
0.793

0.044
Standard
Deviation
—
94
(206)
1.34
1.39
1.14
8.32
3.09
3.05
0.313
0.196
0.016
0.011
0.767

0.064
High
20,000
(2400)
390
(860)
5.83
5.18
4.18
37.03
13.12
11.67
1.200
0.740
0.060
0.040
2.56

0.280
Low
467
(56)
3.6
(8)
0.10
0.03
0.00
1.59
0.04
0.01
0.120
0.080
0.0001
0.00002
0.080

0.003
  *kg/kkg RM = lb/1000 Ib RM
 a.  All raw waste data is for effluent following in-plant materials
     recovery (catch basins, skimmers etc.)-

 b.  Excludes one plant reporting water use at nearly 10,000 gal/1000
     Ib RM.
                                  47

-------
   Table 7.  Waste Water Flow and Raw Material Data Summary as Shown
Parameter
Flow,
1000 liters
(1000 gal.)




Raw Material ,
kkg/day
(1000 Ib/day)




Equipment
Type*
Total
Batch
Duke
C-G
Baro
S & T
Air
Total
Batch
Duke
C-G
Baro
S & T
Air
Number of
Observations
51
35
6
6
15
21
9
48
34
5
5
14
19
9
Average
Value
326(86)
314(83)
276(73)
110(29)
443(117)
185(49)
64(17)
94(206)
60(132)
195(430)
128(282)
37(82)
132(291)
62(137)
Standard
Deviation
643(170)
708(187)
166(44)
42(11)
764(202)
174(46)
38(10)
94(206)
80(176)
90(198)
61(135)
44(98)
89(195)
37(82)
High
Value
3028(800)
3028(800)
488(129)
170(45)
2952(780)
628(166)
121(32)
390(860)
390(860)
318(700)
204(450)
182(400)
318(700)
114(250
Low
Value
3-8(1)
3.8(1)
64(17)
68(18)
7-6(2)
7.6(2)
19(5)
3.6(8)
3.6(8)
68(150)
61(135)
5-4(12)
11(25)
11(25)
*Values listed as:

     a  "Total" is  a summary of  all  data,  regardless  of  equipment  type
         and included four plants using more than one type of  cooker or
         condenser.

     o  Batch,  Duke, or C-G:   Summary  of the information on plants using
        one type of these cookers, respectively.

     o  Baro,  S & T, or Air:   Summary  of the information on plants using
        one of  the  following types of  condensers:  barometric leg,  shell-
        and-tube, and air condensers,  respectively.
                              48

-------
A regression analysis of the field sampling  data  revealed  that
the  raw BOD5 waste load correlates very well with oil and grease
and COD waste loads.  Raw BOD5 waste load  also  correlates  with
total  volatile  solids  (TVS), total dissolved solids (TDS), and
total Kjeldahl nitrogen  (TKN).   This  means  that  an  increase
(decrease)  in one of these waste load parameters will account for
a  certain  predictable  increase  (decrease) in one of the other
parameters.  In fact, the square of the  correlation  coefficient
(called  the  coefficient  of  determination) is a measure of the
predictability.  Consequently, the  high  degree  of  correlation
between  BOD5  and oil and grease waste load implies that much of
the variation in BOD5 waste load is caused by variations  in  the
oil  and  grease  load.   The correlation coefficients from these
analyses are presented in Table 8.


              Table 8.  correlation coefficients of Several
                        Raw waste Load Parameters with BOD5.
                        from the Field Sampling Results

                                     Correlation
                       Parameter	Coefficient

                       Oil and          0.905
                       Grease

                       COD              0.933

                       Total Volatile   0.789
                       Solids

                       Total Dis-       0.796
                       solved Solids

                       Kjeldahl         0.580
                       Nitrogen


The basic manufacturing processes in independent  rendering   (See
Section  IV)  should  have  no  influence  on the raw waste loadr
because they are universal.  However, some processing  equipment,
such  as  cookers  and  condensers,  do  differ  significantly in
operating principles.  However, a comparison of  data  for  batch
versus Duke and C-G continuous cookers and for the three types of
condensers—barometric  leg, shell-and-tube, and air—revealed no
discernible difference in raw BOD5 waste load.  These  data  were
presented in Section IV and Figures 8 and 9, along with a further
discussion.   As was previously mentioned and further illustrated
with the data from Table 7, it may  be  oberved  that  water  use
rates  per  unit  of  raw  material  associated  with  barometric
condensers are higher than for other  condensers.   At  the  same
time, the amount of water used for condensing does not affect the
raw  waste  load per unit of RM processed.   In fact, a regression
analysis for raw BOD5 waste load and waste water flow per unit of
RM  processed   revealed   no   correlation.    The   correlation


                              49

-------
coefficient  for  this  analysis  was -0.027,   Earlier studies on
meat packing plants8 and  poultry  slaughterhouses11  revealed  a
strong  positive  relationship  between  raw waste load and water
use.

The effect of plant size (amount of raw materials  processed  per
day) on waste load as measured by BOD5 was assessed by a multiple
regression   analysis.    This  analysis  showed  no  discernible
relationship between BOD5 per unit  of  RM  processed  and  plant
size.   The  correlation  coefficient was 0.062 and the square of
this coefficient, which is the coefficient of  determination,  is
only 0.0038,

Plant  size  does,  however,  appear to be related to the type of
cooker and condenser used.  Table 7 shows that the average amount
of raw material processed  is  smaller  for  plants  using  batch
cookers  and  barometric  leg  condensers  than  for plants using
continuous  cookers   (Duke  and  C-G)  and   shell-and-tube   air
condensers.    Plants  with  batch  cookers  and  barometric  leg
condensers frequently are older plants—built more than ten years
ago.  Plant age, although apparently related  to  both  size  and
equipment  type, is not related to waste load.  Size and age were
factors  considered  in  categorizing  the  industry   and   were
discussed in more detail in Section IV.

                     Sources of Waste Water

The most typical process and waste water flow arrangement used by
the  independent  rendering  industry  is  shown schematically in
Figure 11.  Hide curing is shown in this figure (even though  the
majority  of  the  plants  do  not  handle  hides) because it can
represent a significant portion of the total raw waste load.

Some  plants,  rather  than   using   the   exact   sequence   of
manufacturing  processing  illustrated  in  Figure 11, use slight
variations of it.  A plant processing  poultry  by-products,  for
example,  will usually have two complete processing operations on
the same premises.  One operation is for poultry offal  and  dead
birds,  which  will  be  very similar to the arrangement shown in
Figure 11; the other operation  will  be  for  the  feathers  and
blood.   The  feather  and  blood  operation will not include the
liquid-solid separation process nor any of the grease  processes.
Other   rendering  plants  may  not  have  blending  and  bagging
processes if, for example, they do not handle  blood  or  feather
meal  and  their  meat  and  bone is consistently of a high crude
protein level.  Still  others  may  not  have  a  size  reduction
process;  these include plants that handle grease only, or a high
percent  of  poultry  offal.   Plants  that  have  large   grease
operations  probably  vary more from the process flow arrangement
of Figure 11 than do any  other  plants.   In  these  operations,
there is receiving, cooking  (or heating), separation of the water
and  solids  from  the  grease, storage, and shipping.  Yet these
operations still have the same characteristic waste loads as  the
other  rendering  plants.  In addition, there are very few plants
with large grease operations, and most of these  usually  have  a


                             50

-------
separate operation schematically similar to that of Figure 11 for
processing of fats and other raw materials.

Figure  11  also  shows  the  major  sources  of  waste  water as
indicated by the dashed  line.   The  sources  include  auxiliary
operations in addition to manufacturing processes.  The auxiliary
operations are odor control, spills, and plant and truck cleanup;
the  manufacturing processes are receiving, vapor condensing from
cooking and drying, and hide curing.   Total  plant  waste  loads
including  the  effects  of  materials recovery were presented in
Table 6 and discussed in this section.
                     Raw Materials Receiving

Liquid drainage from raw materials receiving areas can contribute
significantly to the total raw waste load.  Frequently throughout
the processing period large amounts of raw  materials  accumulate
in  receiving areas (either in bins or on floors) allowing strong
liquors to drain off and enter sewers.  This is  especially  true
of  plants  processing  poultry feathers because of the manner in
which feathers, offal, and blood are sometimes handled  at  their
source  (poultry  slaughterhouses).  As a result, the feathers or
combined feathers and offal often contain much blood  and  excess
water.   At  one  such  plant  that  was  sampled,  this drainage
amounted to roughly 20  percent  of  the  original  raw  material
weight  and  had an average BQD5, value of 12,500 mg/1.  This BOD5
loss amounted to 2.5 kg BOD5/kkg RM  (2.5 lb/1000 Ib  RM)  and  43
percent of the total plant raw BOD5 waste load.  In another plant
that  had a dual operation for poultry offal and for feathers and
blood, the loss caused by drainage from the feather operation was
calculated from field sampling information; it was about  1.4  kg
BOD5/kkg  RM,  or  about  39  percent  of the waste load prior to
materials recovery processes.  In these examples, the waste  load
caused  by  drainage  of  liquors from raw materials is obviously
very significant.  A partial remedy for these losses,  which  was
practiced in a plant included in the field survey, is to isolate,
steam sparge, and screen these waste waters.


                        Vapor Condensing

Condensate   from   the  cooking  and  drying  process  typically
contributes about 30 percent of the total raw  BOD5  waste  load.
The  field  sampling  condensables  was  from  0.049  to  1.53 kg
BOD5/kkg RM  (0.049 to 1.53 Ib BOD5/1000 Ib RM) ,  with  an  average
value  of  0.73 kg/kkg RM.  A summary of concentrations and waste
loads of undiluted  condensed  cooking  vapors   is  presented  in
Tables  9 and 10, respectively.  Of course, being undiluted means
the vapors were condensed in a closed system:  air or  shell-and-
tube  condensers.   A number of factors, such as rate of cooking,
speed of agitation, cooker overloading, foaming, lack  of  traps,
etc.f  are  probably  responsible  for  much  of the variation in
values.  Raw materials could also have a  direct  effect  on  the
values,  although no discernible difference between raw materials
                            51

-------
            MANUFACTURING PROCESSES
                                                          WASTE WATER FLOW
            LIQUID - SOLID
             SEPARATION
 MEAL MILLING
AND SCREENING
                                                                          ODOR
                                                                         CONTROL
SPILLS
                                                                     PLANT AND TRUCK
                                                                        CLEAN UP
                                                                    GREASE AND SOLIDS
                                                                       RECYCLED TO
                                                                    COOKING & DRYING
                                                                        SANITARY
                                                                        FACILITIES
                                                           .FRESH WATER

                                                         -»- PRODUCT AND MATERIAL FLOW

                                                         -*- WASTE WATER FLOW
     Figure 11.  Typical Rendering  Process  and Waste  Water Flow Arrangement
                                          52

-------
and total plant  raw  waste  load  was  revealed  by  a  multiple
regression analysis, as discussed in Section IV.

The  pH of the condensables averaged 8.7 for 11 observations with
a standard deviation of 1.12 and with low and high values of  6.8
and  9.7, respectively.  Incidentally, the number of observations
for the waste parameters in these tables is frequently  less  for
the waste load values than for the concentration values.  This is
because  some  of the data were lacking to permit the calculation
of the waste load; e.g., the amount of raw material processed was
not always known.

The use of barometric leg condensers will dilute the condensables
and thus lower the concentrations from those listed in  Table  9.
In   many  cases,  treated  waste  waters  are  recycled  through
barometric legs for condensing cooking vapors and to allow a high
water throughput to lower the barometric leg effluent temperature
to at least 38°c  (100°F) for odor  control.   This  practice  may
increase  the actual waste load slightly; however, an analysis of
the data by type of condenser  (See Section IV.)  did  not  reveal
any  distinct  differences  in  waste  loads  caused  by  type of
condenser.
               Spills and Plant and Truck Cleanup

Washdown   (cleanup)  of  the  plant,  trucks,  and   spills   can
contribute  significantly  to the total plant raw waste load.  In
one plant that was sampled, the waste waters  from  cleanup  were
isolated from the condensables.  Analysis of this source revealed
that  cleanup  in this plant added 16.2 kg BOD5/kkg (Ib BOD5/1000
Ib) RM to the raw waste load, an extraordinarily high value.  The
reasons for this high value were that the plant used  a  constant
flow  of  hot  water  throughout the entire production period; it
constantly cleaned up spills from worn,  leaking  equipment,  and
frequently  shut  off  the  automatic  skimmer  of  the materials
recovery systems, resulting in large  amounts  of  grease  carry-
over.  The large amounts of hot water helped maintain the cleanup
effluent   temperature   above   52°C   (125°F),  thus  preventing
efficient grease separation.  Needless  to  say,  the  plant  was
clean.  In another plant, the BOD5 and suspended solids load just
from cleanup were 43 and 50 percent of the total, respectively.

It was observed on the field survey studies that spills caused by
equipment  breakdown occurred frequently and that leaks from worn
equipment were not uncommon.  This  does  not  mean  that  spills
cannot be prevented or limited; however, the common practice when
equipment  breaks  down is to open it and dump materials directly
on the floor.  This allows free draining grease  and  liquors  to
enter  the  sewers.  Also, after the bulk of the solids have been
shoveled up, the remainder is washed off.  More effort  could  be
made  to  contain  materials  when  equipment  breaks down and to
better  maintain  equipment  by  use   of   regularly   scheduled
maintenance programs on equipment during downtime. (See Table 8A)
                               53

-------
                              Table 8A

                      Observed Housekeeping and
                   Operating Procedures Adversely
                   Affecting Raw Waste Control  and
                     Treatment Plant Performance I/
          - Barrel washing and standpipe water discharge with
            water temperature in excess of 130°F.

          - Excessive hot water cleanup without preliminary
            dry cleanup.

          - Improper operation of materials recovery systems
            leading to grease spills into aerated  lagoons.

          - Spill from cookers and dump of entire  cooker
            contents to sewer.

          - Severe treatment plant overload due to plant
            production overload.

          - Pumping non-contaminated, non-process  water into
            treatment facilities.

          - Drainage or discharge of detrimental  chemical
            substances to treatment facilities.
]_/ Developed from information compiled during field survey, September
   to November, 1973.
                             54

-------
Table 9.  Concentrations of Undiluted Condensed Cooking Vapors
Parameter
BOD
COD
Total
Volatile
Solids
Total
Dissolved
Solids
Total
Phosphorus
Chlorides
Total
Kjeldahl
Nitrogen
Nitrate
Nitrite
Grease
Suspended
Solids
mg/1
Number of
Observations
11
10
10
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
10
Average
Value
1723
2207
185
201
6.3
196
493
263
0.11
109
60.9
Standard
Deviation
1165
1383
169
143
6.3
212
317
238
0.08
76
94.3
Low
Value
80
192
15
59
2.45
13
36
14
0.01
63
11
High
Value
3950
4212
579
413
20.4
593
1005
750
0.02
271
327
                               55

-------
                          Odor Control
Air  scrubbers  are  common  in  the  rendering industry for odor
control.  The relative volume  of  water  used,  however,  varies
greatly,   although   the  waste  load  caused  by  scrubbing  is
insignificant.  The reason for the variation  in  water  flow  is
that  scrubbers  for  plant  air and other low-aerosol-containing
emissions (smoke and grease particulates)  can tolerate  recycling
of  up  to  95  percent  of  the  scrubbing waters.  However, air
heavily laden with odorous  aerosols  is  usually  scrubbed  with
fresh  water  to  prevent  grease  buildup  and  clogging  of the
equipment.  For example, one dual operation (one batch  operation
and  one  continuous  operation)  plant contained a total of nine
scrubbers.  Although some scrubbers did use  partial  recycle  of
scrubbing  water,  the  volume  of  scrubbing waters was about 75
percent of the total plant effluent  volume.   Typically,  plants
will  have only two or three scrubbers:  one for total plant air,
one for the presses, and possibly one  for  the  ring  or  rotary
dryers.   Most of the scrubbing waters then are recycled, and the
relative  waste  water  volume  from  scrubbing  is  small.   For
example,  one  plant  that was sampled had two scrubbers—one for
plant air and one for a dryer—and the volume of waste water from
the scrubbers amounted to only 6.0 percent of the total  effluent
volume.
                           Hide Curing

Hide  curing  is  conducted  in a number of independent rendering
plants.  The waste water from this operation is high in  strength
but  relatively  low  in  volume,  particularly  when  the curing
solution is only  dumped  a  few  times  each  year.   Data  from
previous  studies12,8  indicate that about 7.7 liters (2 gallons)
is the waste water overflow volume for brine curing  each  cattle
hide.

The  waste load for just curing hides at an independent rendering
plant is, however, considerably less  than  the  waste  load  for
curing  at a packing plant.  This is because curing of hides at a
packing plant includes a number of additional operations.   These
are  washing,  demanuring, and defleshing.  In addition, the time
differential  between  hide  removal  and  hide  delivery  at   a
rendering  plant allows for much of the blood and other fluids to
seep from the hides.  This time differential ranges from  several
hours  to a few days.  Also, hides and accompanying flesh removed
from dead animals at a rendering plant do not appear  to  contain
anywhere  near  the amount of blood and fluid that a hide removed
at a packing plant from an animal  killed   just  moments  earlier
contains.

Data  from  the  recent  study of packing plants* states that the
average  waste  load  for  handling  and  curing   hides   of   a
packinghouse  is 1.5 kg BOD5/kkg LWK  (live weight killed).  Since
the average LWK for beef is about 45U kg  (1000 pounds) , this  can
be  equivalently  expressed  as  0.68 kg BOD5/hide.  On the other
hand, a study of tannery effluents 12 lists  the  waste  load  for


                              56

-------
Table 10.   Waste Loads for Undiluted Condensed  Cooking Vapors
Parameter
EOD5
COD
Total
Volatile
Solids
Total
Dissolved
Solids
Total
Phosphorus
Chloride
Total
Kjeldahl
Nitrogen
Nitrate
Nitrite
Grease
Suspended
Solids
kg/kkg EM or lb/1000 Ib EM
Number of
Observations
10
7
7
6
6
6
6
6
6
7
9
Average
Value
0.73
1.10
0.086
0.21
0.0021
0.056
0.17
0.081
0.0018
0.14
0.018
Standard
Deviation
0.50
0.75
0.093
0.25
0.00015
0.078
0.12
0.067
0.0038
0.25
0.017
High
Value
1.53
2.23
0.31
0.73
0.0043
0.21
0.35
0.16
0.0096
0.70
0.056
Low
Value
0.049
0.12
0.0032
0.0013
0.00081
0.0046
0.022
0.0086
0.000008
0.015
0.0058
                            57

-------
   Table  11.  Waste Load Characteristics for Hide Curing at an
            Independent Rendering Plant Versus Those for a Tannery
12
Table 12.  Measured Waste Strengths of Tank Water
           and Blood Water
Ln
CO
Parameter
BOD5
COD
Total Volatile
Solids
Suspended
Solids
Kjeldahl
Nitrogen
Ammonia
Nitrate
Nitrite
Total
Phosphorus
Total Dis-
solved Solids
Chloride
Grease
kg /hide
Rendering
Plant
0.11
0.21
0.17
0.064
0.014
0.0013
4.4 x 10~5
4.1 x 10~6
0.0021
2.9
1.26
0.0011
Tannery
0.12
0.24

0.08





0.32
Parameter
BOD
COD
Total Volatile
Solids
Total Dissolved
Solids
Total
Phosphorus
Chloride
Total Kjeldahl
Nitrogen
Ammonia
Nitrate
Nitrite
Grease
Suspended
Solids
mg/1
Tank Water
31,390
49,152
36,739
54,791
1,350
8,638
2,187
81
3.43
0.35
9,901
6,647
Blood
Water
18,950
27,200
17,516
315
3,498
1,813







-------
just  hide  curing  at  a  tannery  as 3.9 kg BOD5/kkg hides (3.9
lb/1000 Ib).  Using an average hide weight of 32 kg (70  pounds),
this  value  can be expressed as 0.12 kg (0.26 Ib)  BOD5 per hide.
This latter example should also typify the waste  load" for  hide
curing  at  an independent rendering plant.  In fact, analysis of
only the hide curing effluent at one independent rendering  plant
yielded  a  BOD5  waste  load of 0.11 kg (0.24 Ib)  per hide.  The
results of  this  analysis  are  summarized  in  Table  11.   For
comparison, the value recalculated from reference 12, assuming 32
kg/hide (70 pounds), is also included.


                      Miscellaneous Sources

Sewered  tank  water  and  blood water are major sources of waste
load.  The sources of tank water are grease processing  and  wet-
and  low-temperature rendering; the source of blood water is from
processing blood by steam sparging and then separating the  blood
water  from  the coagulated blood by screening.  Fortunately, not
many  independent  rendering  plants  have  the  processes   that
generate  these  sources  of  waste.   Also,  some plants that do
generate tank water eliminate it as a waste source by evaporating
it down to stick, which is  used  for  tankage  in  dry  inedible
rendering.   As  mentioned  in  Section  III, the BOD5 and grease
concentrations of tankwater can be as high as  30,000  to  45,000
mg/1 and 20,000 to 60,000 mg/1, respectively.


Table  12 shows the measured waste strengths of tank water from a
grease operation and of  blood  water  from  steam  sparging  and
screening  of  blood.  The waste load resulting from the sewering
of the tank water was 9.4  kg  BOD5/kkg  (9.4  Ib  BOD5/1000  Ib)
grease  before  primary  treatment   (materials recovery process).
However,  much  of  this  waste  load  was  removed  by   primary
treatment,  since  the  amount  of  grease processed was about 63
percent of the total plant RM and since  the  total  plant  waste
load was only 2.2 kg BOD5/kkg  (2.2 lb/1000 Ib) RM.  Likewise, the
sewering  of  blood  water  added  16.3  kg BOD5/kkg blood before
primary treatment.  Judging from the values of  the  total  plant
raw waste load and the waste loads of the other sources, it would
appear  that the primary treatment recovered very little, if any,
of the waste load from the sewering of blood water;  this  is  as
expected.   It  should  be  pointed  out, however, that the blood
screening process was not very efficient and that a  pilot  study
at  that  plant revealed that an improved screening process would
significantly lower the load from sewering blood water.
                                59

-------

-------
                           SECTION VI

                SELECTION OF POLLUTANT PARAMETERS


                       SELECTED PARAMETERS

Based on a review of the Corps of Engineers1 Permit  Applications
from the independent renderers, previous studies on similar waste
waters  such  as  from  the  meat  packing plants, industry data,
questionnaire data, and data obtained from sampling  plant  waste
waters  during  this study, the following chemical, physical, and
biological constituents constitute pollutants as defined  in  the
Act.

          BOD5  (5-day, 20°C biochemical oxygen demand)
          COD (chemical oxygen demand)
          Total suspended solids  (TSS)
          Total dissolved solids  (TDS)
          Total volatile solids  (TVS)
          Oil and grease
          Ammonia nitrogen
          Kjeldahl nitrogen
          Nitrates and nitrites
          Phosphorus
          Chloride
          Bacteriological counts  (total and fecal coliform)
          pH, acidity, and alkalinity
          Temperature

On  the  basis  of  all evidence reviewed, there do not exist any
extremely  hazardous  pollutants   (such  as   heavy   metals   or
pesticides) in the waste discharge from the independent rendering
plants.   While  all  of  the  above  parameters  are  in present
Tenderer  plant  waste  water,  the  amount  and  reliability  of
available  data, costs for treatment or control, and availability
of technology were factors which resulted in limitations only for
the  primary  parameters  BOD5,  TSS,  oil  and   grease,   fecal
coliforms, ammonia, and pH.


        RATIONALE FOR SELECTION OF IDENTIFIED PARAMETERS

             5-Day Biochemical Oxygen Demand  (BOD5)

This  parameter is an important measure of the oxygen consumed by
microorganisms in the aerobic decomposition of the wastes at 20°C
over a five-day period.  More simply, it is an  indirect  measure
of  the  biodegradability of the organic pollutants in the waste.
BOD£ can be related to the depletion of oxygen in  the  receiving
stream or to the requirements for the waste treatment.  Values of
BOD5  range  from  100  to  9000  mg/1 in the raw waste, although
typical values range from 1000 to 5000 mg/1.  Low BOD5 values  in
the raw waste are frequently the result of the dilutional effects
of  using  a  barometric  condenser;  high  values  are  due to a


                               61

-------
combination of  factors,  such  as  undiluted  condenser  waters,
frequent  spills,  and  a  relatively large amount of drainage of
high-strength liquids from the raw material.

If the BOD^ of the final effluent of a  rendering  plant  into  a
receiving  body  is too high, it will reduce the dissolved oxygen
level in that stream to below a level that will sustain most fish
life; i.e., below about 4 mg/1.  Many States  currently  restrict
the  BOD5  effluents  to  below 20 mg/1 if the stream is small in
comparison with the flow of the effluent.  A limitation of 200 to
300 mg/1 of BOD£ is often applied for discharge  to  a  municipal
sewer,  and  surcharge rates often apply if the BOD5 is above the
designated limit.  BOD55 is included in the  effluent  limitations
recommended  because  its  discharge  to  a  stream is harmful to
aquatic life since it depletes the oxygen supply.

A. 20-day biochemical  oxygen  demand  (BOD2J)) ,  sometimes  called
"ultimate"  BOD,  is  usually  a better measure of the waste load
than BOD5.  However, the test for BOD^O requires 20 days to  run,
so it is an impractical measure for most purposes.

Biochemical  oxygen  demand  (BOD)  is  a  measure  of the oxygen
consuming capabilities of organic matter.  The BOD  does  not  in
itself  cause direct harm to a water system, but it does exert an
indirect effect by depressing the oxygen content  of  the  water.
Sewage  and  other  organic  effluents  during their processes of
decomposition exert a BOD, which can have a  catastrophic  effect
on  the ecosystem by depleting the oxygen supply,  conditions are
reached frequently where all  of  the  oxygen  is  used  and  the
continuing  decay  process causes the production of noxious gases
such as hydrogen sulfide.  Water with a high  BOD  indicates  the
presence  of  decomposing  organic  matter  and  subsequent  high
bacterial counts that degrade its quality and potential uses.

Dissolved oxygen (DO) is a water  quality  constituent  that,  in
appropriate   concentrations,  is  essential  not  only  to  keep
organisms living but also to sustain species reproduction, vigor,
and the development of populations.  Organisms undergo stress  at
reduced  DO  concentrations  that  make them less competitive and
able to sustain their species  within  the  aquatic  environment.
For  example,  reduced  DO  concentrations  have  been  shown  to
interfere with fish population through delayed hatching of  eggs,
reduced  size  and vigor of embryos, production of deformities in
young, interference with food digestion,  acceleration  of  blood
clotting,  decreased tolerance to certain toxicants, reduced food
efficiency  and  growth  rate,  and  reduced  maximum   sustained
swimming  speed.   Fish  food  organisms  are  likewise  affected
adversely in conditions with suppressed DO.   Since  all  aerobic
aquatic   organisms   need   a  certain  amount  of  oxygen,  the
consequences of total lack of dissolved oxygen due to a high  BOD
can kill inhabitants of the affected area.

If  a  high  BOD  is present, the quality of the water is usually
visually degraded by the presence of  decomposing  materials  and
                             62

-------
algae  blooms  due  to the uptake of degraded materials that form
the foodstuffs of the algal populations.


                  Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD)

COD is yet another measure of oxygen  demand.   It  measures  the
amount  of  organic   (and  some  inorganic)  pollutants  under  a
carefully controlled direct chemical oxidation by  a  dichromate-
sulfuric  acid  reagent.   COD  is  a  much more rapid measure of
oxygen  demand  than  BOD£,  and  is  potentially  very   useful.
However,  it  does  not  have  the  same significance, and at the
present time cannot be substituted  for  BOD5,  because  COD:BOD5
ratios vary with the types of wastes.  The COD measures more than
only those materials that will readily biodegrade in a stream and
hence deplete the stream's dissolved oxygen supply.

COD  provides  a  rapid determination of the waste strength.  Its
measurement  will  indicate  a   serious   plant   or   treatment
malfunction  long  before  the BOD5 can be run.  A given plant or
waste treatment system usually has a relatively narrow  range  of
COD:BOD5   ratios,   if  the  waste  characteristics  are  fairly
constant, so experience permits a judgment to be made  concerning
plant  operation from COD values.  In the rendering industry, COD
ranges from about 1.5 to 6 times the BOD5 in  both  the  raw  and
treated   wastes,  with  typical  ratios  between  1.5  and  3.0.
Although the nature of the impact of COD on receiving  waters  is
the  same  as  for  BOD5,  BOD5  was  chosen for inclusion in the
effluent limitations rather than COD because  of  the  industry's
frequent use and familiarity with BOD5,

                  Total Suspended Solids (TSS)

This  parameter  measures  the  suspended  material  that  can be
removed  from  the  waste  waters   by   laboratory   filtration.
Suspended  solids  are  a visual and easily determined measure of
pollution and also a measure of the material that may  settle  in
tranquil  or  slow-moving  streams.   A  high  level of suspended
solids is an  indication  of  high  BOD5.   Generally,  suspended
solids range from 1/3 to 3/U of the BOD5 values in the raw waste.
Suspended  solids  are  also  a  measure  of the effectiveness of
solids removal systems such as clarifiers and fine screens.

Suspended solids frequently become a  limiting  factor  in  waste
treatment  when the BOD5 is less than about 20 mg/1.  In fact, in
highly treated waste, suspended  solids  usually  have  a  higher
value  than the BOD5, and in this case, it may be easier to lower
the BOD5 even further, perhaps to 5 to 10 mg/1, by filtering  out
the  suspended  solids.   Suspended  solids   in the treated waste
waters of rendering plants correlate well  with  BODJS,  COD,  and
total  volatile  solids.   The same is not true, however, for the
raw wastes.

Suspended solids also may inhibit light penetration  and  thereby
reduce   the  primary  productivity  of  algae   (photosynthesis).
                            63

-------
Because of  the  strong  impact  suspended  solids  can  have  on
receiving  waters, suspended solids were included in the effluent
limitations recommended in this report-


Suspended solids include both organic  and  inorganic  materials.
The  inorganic  components  include  sand,  silt,  and clay.  The
organic fraction includes such materials  as  grease,  oil,  tar,
animal  and  vegetable  fats,  various fibers, sawdust, hair, and
various materials from  sewers.   These  solids  may  settle  out
rapidly  and  bottom deposits are often a mixture of both organic
and  inorganic  solids.   They  adversely  affect  fisheries   by
covering  the  bottom  of  the  stream  or lake with a blanket of
material that destroys the fish-food bottom fauna or the spawning
ground  of  fish.   Deposits  containing  organic  materials  may
deplete  bottom  oxygen  supplies  and  produce hydrogen sulfide,
carbon dioxide, methane, and other noxious gases.

In raw  water  sources  for  domestic  use.  State  and  regional
agencies generally specify that suspended solids in streams shall
not be present in sufficient concentration to be objectionable or
to  interfere  with normal treatment processes.  Suspended solids
in water may interfere with many industrial processes, and  cause
foaming  in  boilers,  or  encrustations  on equipment exposed to
water, especially as the temperature rises.  Suspended solids are
undesirable in water for  textile  industries;  paper  and  pulp;
beverages;   dairy   products;  laundries;  dyeing;  photography;
cooling systems, and  power  plants.   suspended  particles  also
serve   as   a  transport  mechanism  for  pesticides  and  other
substances which are readily sorbed into or onto clay particles.

Solids may be suspended in water for a time, and then  settle  to
the   bed  of  the  stream  or  lake.   These  settleable  solids
discharged with man1s wastes may be inert,  slowly  biodegradable
materials,   or   rapidly   decomposable  substances.   While  in
suspension, they increase the  turbidity  of  the  water,  reduce
light  penetration,  and  impair  the  photosynthetic activity of
aquatic plants.

Solids in suspension are aesthetically  displeasing.   When  they
settle  to  form  sludge deposits on the stream or lake bed, they
are often much more damaging to  the  life  in  water,  and  they
retain  the  capacity  to  displease  the  senses.   Solids, when
transformed to sludge deposits, may  do  a  variety  of  damaging
things,  including  blanketing the stream or lake bed and thereby
destroying the living spaces for  those  benthic  organisms  that
would  otherwise  occupy  the  habitat.   When  of an organic and
therefore decomposable nature, solids use a portion or all of the
dissolved oxygen available in the area.

Turbidity  is  principally  a  measure  of  the  light  absorbing
properties  of  suspended  solids.   It  is  frequently used as  a
substitute method  of  quickly  estimating  the  total  suspended
solids when the concentration is relatively low.
                             64

-------
                  Total Dissolved Solids (TDS)

The   total   dissolved  solids  in  the  waste  waters  of  most
independent rendering plants contain both organic  and  inorganic
matter.   A  large  source  of organic dissolved solids is blood.
Inorganic salts can be a major part of the  dissolved  solids  if
hide  curing  is conducted at the plant.  The amount of dissolved
solids will also vary to a large extent with the type of in-plant
operations and the housekeeping practices.  Dissolved solids  are
of  the same order of magnitude and correlate well with the total
volatile solids in both the raw and treated  waste  waters.   The
inorganic  dissolved  solids  are  particularly important because
they  are   relatively   unaffected   by   biological   treatment
processess.   Therefore,  unless  removed,  they  will accumulate
within the water system on total recycle or reuse, or build up to
high levels with partial recycle or reuse of the waste water.

Dissolved solids affect the ionic nature of receiving waters  and
are  usually  the  nutrients  for bacteria and protozoans.  Thus,
they may increase the eutrophication rate of the  receiving  body
of  water.   Total  dissolved  solids  were  not  included in the
effluent limitations  recommended  in  this  report  because  the
organic   portion   would   be   substantially  limited  by  BOD5
limitations and the nutrient  portion  by  the  ammonia  nitrogen
limitations.

In   natural  waters  the  dissolved  solids  consist  mainly  of
carbonates,  chlorides,  sulfates,   phosphates,   and   possibly
nitrates  of  calcium,  magnesium,  sodium,  and  potassium, with
traces of iron, manganese, and other substances.

Many communities in the United States and in other countries  use
water  supplies  containing 2000 to 4000 tag/1 of dissolved salts,
when  no  better  water  is  available.   Such  waters  are   not
palatable,  may not quench thirst, and may have a laxative action
on new users.  Waters containing more than  UOOO  mg/1  of  total
salts  are  generally considered unfit for human use, although in
hot climates such higher salt  concentrations  can  be  tolerated
whereas  they could not in temperate climates.  Waters containing
5000 mg/1 or more are reported to be bitter and  act  as  bladder
and  intestinal  irritants.  It is generally agreed that the salt
concentration of good, palatable  water  should  not  exceed  500
mg/1.

Limiting  concentrations of dissolved solids for fresh water fish
may range from 5,000 to 10,000 mg/1,  according  to  species  and
prior  acclimatization.   Some fish are adapted to living in more
saline waters, and a few species of fresh water forms  have  been
found  in  natural  waters with a salt concentration of 15,000 to
20,000 mg/1.  Fish  can  slowly  become  acclimatized  to  higher
salinities,  but  fish  in  waters of low salinity cannot survive
sudden exposure to high salinities, such as those resulting  from
discharges  of  oil  well brines.  Dissolved solids may influence
the toxicity of heavy metals and organic compounds  to  fish  and
                               65

-------
other  aquatic life, primarily because of the antagonistic effect
of hardness on metals.

Waters with total dissolved solids over 500 mg/1 have  decreasing
utility  as  irrigation water.  At 5,000 mg/1 water has little or
no value for irrigation.

Dissolved solids  in  industrial  waters  can  cause  foaming  in
boilers and cause interference with cleanness, color, or taste of
many  finished  products.  High contents of dissolved solids also
tend to accelerate corrosion.

Specific conductance is a measure of the  capacity  of  water  to
convey  an  electric  current.   This  property is related to the
total concentration of ionized  substances  in  water  and  water
temperature.   This  property  is frequently used as a substitute
method of quickly estimating the dissolved solids concentration.

                   Total Volatile Solids  (TVS)

Total volatile solids is a rough measure of the amount of organic
matter in  the  waste  water.   Actually  it  is  the  amount  of
combustible material in both the total dissolved solids and total
suspended  solids.  Total volatile solids in the raw waste waters
of rendering plants correlates quite well  with  total  dissolved
solids  and COD, and fairly well with BOD5, SS, and grease; total
volatile solids in the final waste waters  correlates  well  with
total dissolved solids and BOD5, and fairly well with SS, grease,
and  COD.   Because  of  these  correlations  and  because  total
volatile solids is a relatively easy parameter to  determine,  it
could  be  used as a rapid method to determine a serious plant or
treatment system malfunction.

Effluent  limitations  for  total  volatile   solids   were   not
established  because  TVS will be limited by limitations on other
pollutant parameters such as BOD5 and suspended solids.


                         Oil and Grease

Oil and grease, or grease, is a major pollutant in the raw  waste
stream  of  rendering  plants.  The source of grease is primarily
from spillages of processed tallow  and  grease  and  cleanup  of
equipment,  floors,  barrels, and trucks.  Grease forms unsightly
films on the water, interferes with aquatic life,  clogs  sewers,
disturbs biological processes in sewage treatment plants, and can
also  become  a  fire  hazard.   it  is  also  a  food source for
microorganisms.  The loading of grease  in  the  raw  waste  load
varies  widely,  from  less  than 0.1 to about 15 kg/kkg RM,  The
average raw waste loading of grease is about 0.7 kg/kkg PM, which
corresponds to an  average  concentration  of  about  1660  mg/1.
Grease  correlates  well with BOD5 and COD in the raw wastes, but
not in the treated wastes.  Because grease appears to  constitute
a major portion of  the waste  load from rendering plants, effluent
limitations were established  for it.

-------
Oil  and  grease  exhibit  an  oxygen  demand.  Oil emulsions may
adhere to the gills of fish or coat and destroy  algae  or  other
plankton.  Deposition of oil in the bottom sediments can serve to
prohibit  normal  benthic  growths, thus interrupting the aquatic
food chain.  Soluble and emulsified material ingested by fish may
taint the flavor of the fish flesh.  Water soluble components may
exert toxic action on fish.  Floating  oil  may  reduce  the  re-
aeration  of the water surface and in conjunction with emulsified
oil  may  interfere   with   photosynthesis.    Water   insoluble
components  damage  the  plumage  and  coats of water animals and
fowl,  oil and grease in water can result  in  the  formation  of
objectionable surface slicks preventing the full enjoyment of the
water.   Oil  spills  can  damage  the  surface  of boats and can
destroy the aesthetic characteristics of beaches and shorelines.

                        Ammonia Nitrogen

Ammonia nitrogen in the raw waste is just one of  many  forms  of
nitrogen  in a waste stream.  Anaerobic decomposition of protein,
which contains  organic  nitrogen,  leads  to  the  formation  of
ammonia.   Thus,  anaerobic  lagoons  or  digesters  produce high
levels of ammonia.  Also, septic   (anaerobic)  conditions  within
the  plant  in  traps,  basins,  etc., may lead to ammonia in the
waste water.  Another source of ammonia can  be  liquid  drainage
from raw materials containing manure, and also from proteinaceous
matter such as blood that has been "aged."
Ammonia
is   oxidized   by   bacteria   in   a  process  called
 "nitrification"  to nitrites and nitrates.  This may occur in  an
 aerobic  treatment  process  and in a stream.  Thus, ammonia will
 deplete the oxygen supply in a stream; its oxidation products are
 recognized nutrients for aquatic growth.  Also, free ammonia in a
 stream is known  to be harmful to fish.

 Typical concentrations in the raw waste  range  from  25  to  300
 mg/1;  however,  after  treatment  in  an  anaerobic  system, the
 concentrations of ammonia can reach 100 to 500 mg/1.  Ammonia  is
 limited in drinking water to 0.05 to 0.1 mg/1.1*  In some cases a
 stream  standard is  less than 2 mg/1.  Effluent limitations for
 new  sources and  the 1983  limits  were  established  for  ammonia
 because of the strong impact it can have on receiving waters.


 Ammonia  is   a   common  product  of  the decomposition of organic
 matter.  Dead and decaying animals and plants  along  with  human
 and  animal   body wastes account for much of the ammonia entering
 the  aquatic ecosystem.  Ammonia exists in  its  non-ionized  form
 only at  higher pH  levels and is the most toxic in this state.
 The  lower the pH, the more ionized  ammonia  is  formed  and  its
 toxicity  decreases.   Ammonia,  in  the  presence  of  dissolved
 oxygen, is converted to nitrate   (NO3)  by  nitrifying  bacteria.
 Nitrite   (NO2),  which is an intermediate product between ammonia
 and  nitrate,  sometimes occurs in quantity when  nitrification  is
 not  complete.   Ammonia  can  exist  in  several  other chemical
 combinations  including ammonium chloride and other salts.
                             67

-------
In most natural water the pH range is  such  that  ammonium  ions
(NH4+)   predominate.    In   alkaline   waters,   however,  high
concentrations of un-ionized ammonia  increase  the  toxicity  of
ammonia  solutions.   In  streams polluted with sewage, up to one
half of the nitrogen in the sewage may be in  the  form  of  free
ammonia,  and  sewage  may carry up to 35 mg/1 of total nitrogen.
It has been shown that at a level of 1. 0 mg/1 un-ionized ammonia,
the ability of hemoglobin to combine with oxygen is impaired  and
fish  may  suffocate.   Evidence  indicates that ammonia exerts a
considerable toxic effect on all aquatic life within a  range  of
less  than 1.0 mg/1 to 25 mg/1, depending on the pH and dissolved
oxygen level present.  Because of the significance of ammonia  as
a  pollutant  and  as an important parameter in the effluent from
rendering plants, limitations have been established for 1983  and
for new sources.

Ammonia  can  add  to  the problem of eutrophication by supplying
nitrogen through its breakdown products.  Some  lakes  in  warmer
climates, and others that are aging quickly are sometimes limited
by  the nitrogen available.  Any increase will speed up the plant
growth and decay process,

                        Kjeldahl Nitrogen

This  parameter  measures  the  amount  of  ammonia  and  organic
nitrogen; when used in conjunction with the ammonia nitrogen, the
organic  nitrogen  can  be  determined  by the difference.  Under
septic conditions, organic nitrogen decomposes to  form  ammonia.
Kjeldahl nitrogen is a good indicator of the crude protein in the
effluent and, hence, of the value of proteinaceous material being
lost in the waste water.  The protein content is usually taken as
6.25  times  the  organic  nitrogen.   The  sources  of  Kjeldahl
nitrogen are basically the same as for ammonia nitrogen.  The raw
waste loading of Kjeldahl nitrogen is extremely variable  and  is
highly  affected  by  blood losses from raw material drainage and
blood and feather operations, and by liquid  entrainment  in  the
cooking  vapors.   Typical  raw  loadings range from 0.12 to 1,20
kg/kkg  (0.12 to 1.20 lb/1000  Ib)  raw  material;  concentrations
range  from  about  60 to 800 mg/1, with the lower values usually
caused by the dilutional effects of  barometric  leg  condensers.
Typical raw waste concentrations of Kjeldahl nitrogen are between
50  and  100  mg/1.   Kjeldahl  nitrogen  has  not  been a common
parameter for regulation and is a much more useful parameter  for
raw  waste than for final effluent.  Moreover, control of ammonia
leads to substantial reductions of Kjeldahl nitrogen.


                      Nitrates and Nitrites

Nitrates and nitrites, normally reported as N, are the result  of
oxidation  of  ammonia  and  of  organic nitrogen.  Nitrates as N
should  not  exceed  10  mg/1  in  water  supplies.1*   They  are
essential  nutrients  for  algae  and  other  aquatic plant life.
Nitrites ranged from a trace to O.OUO kg/kkg RM in the raw wastes
and from a trace  to  0.08  kg/kkg  RM  in  the  treated  wastes;
                              68

-------
nitrates  ranged  from  a  trace to 0.06 kg/kkg RM in the raw and
from a trace to 0.012 kg/kkg RM in the treated wastes.

Concentrations of nitrites varied from 0.02 to 26 mg/1 in the raw
and from 0.0** to 1.2 mg/1 in the  final;  nitrate  concentrations
varied from 0.02 to 13 mg/1 in the raw and from 0.02 to 3.25 mg/1
in  the  treated  waste.   Low values are primarily caused by the
dilutional effects of barometric leg condensers.

Nitrates are considered to be among the poisonous ingredients  of
mineralized  waters,  with potassium nitrate being more poisonous
than sodium nitrate.  Excess nitrates  cause  irritation  of  the
mucous linings of the gastrointestinal tract and the bladder; the
symptoms  are  diarrhea  and  diuresis, and drinking one liter of
water containing 500 mg/1 of nitrate can cause such symptoms.

Infant methemoglobinemia,  a  disease  characterized  by  certain
specific  blood  changes  and  cyanosis,  may  be  caused by high
nitrate concentrations in the water used  for  preparing  feeding
formulae.    While  it  is  still  impossible  to  state  precise
concentration limits, it has been widely recommended  that  water
containing  more  than 10 mg/1 of nitrate nitrogen (NO3_-N) should
not  be  used  for  infants.   Nitrates  are  also   harmful   in
fermentation processes and can cause disagreeable tastes in beer.
Nitrates  and  nitrites  are  important  measurements, along with
Kjeldahl nitrogen, in that they allow for the  calculation  of  a
nitrogen  balance  on  the  treatment system.  The field sampling
data  verified  that  when  there  was  a  substantial   nitrogen
reduction  by  the  treatment  system, it was accompanied by good
BODJ5, TSS, and oil and grease reductions.


                           Phosphorus

Phosphorus, commonly reported as P, is  a  nutrient  for  aquatic
plant  life  and  can therefore cause an increased eutrophication
rate in water courses.  The threshold concentration of phosphorus
in receiving bodies that can lead to eutrophication is about 0.01
mg/1.  The primary  sources  of  phosphorus  in  raw  waste  from
rendering  are bone meal, detergents, and boiler water additives.
The total phosphorus in the raw effluent ranges from about  0.007
to  0.28  kg/kkg  RM   (0.007 to 0.28 lb/1000 Ib RM), or a typical
concentration range of  3  to  50  mg/1  as  P.   Final  effluent
concentrations   of   phosphorus   are  usually  even  lower  and
limitations have not been established for this parameter.

During the past 30 years, a formidable case has developed for the
belief that increasing standing crops of aquatic  plant  growths,
which  often  interfere with water uses and are nuisances to man,
frequently are caused by increasing supplies of phosphorus.  Such
phenomena  are  associated  with  a  condition   of   accelerated
eutrophication  or  aging  of waters.  Phosphorus is not the sole
cause of eutrophication, but there is  evidence  to   substantiate
that  it  is  frequently  the key element required by fresh water
plants and is generally present in the least amount  relative  to
                               69

-------
need.   Therefore, an increase in phosphorus allows use of other,
already present, nutrients  for  plant  growths.   Phosphorus  is
usually described, for these reasons, as a "limiting factor."

When a plant population is stimulated in production and attains a
nuisance  status,  a  large  number of associated liabilities are
immediately apparent.   Dense  populations  of  pond  weeds  make
swimming  dangerous.   Boating  and  water  skiing  and sometimes
fishing may be eliminated because of the mass of vegetation  that
serves  as  a  physical  impediment  to  such  activities.  Plant
populations have been associated with  stunted  fish  populations
and  with  poor fishing.  Plant nuisances may emit vile stenches,
impart tastes and odors to water supplies, reduce the  efficiency
of  industrial  and  municipal  water treatment, impair aesthetic
beauty,  reduce  or  restrict  resort  trade,  lower   waterfront
property  values,  cause skin rashes to man during water contact,
and serve as a desired substrate and breeding ground for flies.

Phosphorus in the  elemental  form  is  particularly  toxic,  and
subject  to  bioaccumulation  in  much  the  same way as mercury.
Colloidal elemental phosphorus will poison marine  fish   (causing
skin  tissue  breakdown  and discoloration) .  Also, phosphorus is
capable of being concentrated and will accumulate in  organs  and
soft  tissues.   Experiments  have  shown  that  marine fish will
concentrate phosphorus from water containing as little as 1 ug/1.
                            Chlorides
Chlorides in concentrations of the order  of  5000  mg/1  can  be
harmful   to   people  and  other  animal  life.   High  chloride
concentrations  in  waters  can  be   troublesome   for   certain
industrial  uses  and for reuse or recycling of water.  The major
sources of chlorides from rendering  plants  are  the  salt  from
animal   tissues,   hide   curing  operations,  and  blood.   The
concentrations in raw waste are extremely variable from plant  to
plant,  and are normally much higher for plants treating hides or
sewering blood waters (e.g., drainage from poultry feathers) than
they are for other plants.  For example, chloride  concentrations
from  liquid drainage of cured hides were measured at 80/000 mg/1
as Cl; from drainage of bloody waters from poultry offal, at  691
mg/1 as Cl; and from sewered blood waters from a blood operation,
at  3500 mg/1 as Cl.  The range of chloride loadings in raw waste
effluents is from 0.08 to  greater  than  2.56  kg/kkg  KM  (2.56
lb/1000  Ib  FM).  Chloride loadings are unaffected by biological
treatment systems used by the industry today,  and  once  in  the
waste waters they are very costly to remove.  While high chloride
concentrations  in  biological  treatment  systems  and receiving
waters can  upset  the  metabolic  rate  of  organisms,  effluent
concentrations are probably too low to have a serious impact.
                             70

-------
                         Fecal coliforms

The  coliform  bacterial  contamination  (total and fecal)  of raw
waste is substantially reduced (by a factor of 100 to 200)  in the
larger waste treatment systems used  in  the  industry,  such  as
anaerobic   lagoons   followed   by   several   aerobic  lagoons.
Chlorination will reduce coliform counts to less than 400 per 100
ml for total, and to less than 100 per 100 ml  for  fecal.    Data
indicate  that the total coliform of the raw waste from rendering
plants is in the 0.65- to 500-million per 100  ml  range  with  a
median  value  of about 7 million per 100 ml; for fecal coliform,
the range is 0.05- to 75-million per 100 ml, with a median  value
of  about 0.7 million per 100 ml.  Typically, States require that
the total coliform count not exceed  50-200  MPN   (most  probable
number)  per  100  ml  for waste waters discharged into receiving
waters.  Hence, most final effluents require chlorination to meet
state  standards.   When  waters  contain  200  counts  of  fecal
coliform   per   100   ml,   it   is   assumed   that  pathogenic
enterobacteriacea, which can  cause  intestinal  infections,  are
present,  consequently, effluent limitations were established for
fecal coliforms.

Fecal  coliforms  are  used  as  an  indicator  since  they  have
originated from the  intestinal  tract  of  warmblooded  animals.
Their  presence  in  water  indicates  the  potential presence of
pathogenic bacteria and viruses.

The presence of coliforms, more specifically fecal coliforms,  in
water is indicative of fecal pollution.  In general, the presence
of   fecal  coliform  organisms  indicates  recent  and  possibly
dangerous fecal contamination.  When  the  fecal  coliform  count
exceeds  2,000  per  100  ml  there  is  a  high correlation with
increased numbers of both pathogenic viruses and bacteria.

Many microorganisms, pathogenic to humans  and  animals,  may  be
carried in surface water, particularly that derived from effluent
sources  which  find  their way into surface water from municipal
and industrial wastes.  The  diseases  associated  with  bacteria
include    bacillary    and    amoebic    dysentery.   Salmonella
gastroenteritis, typhoid and paratyphoid  fevers,  leptospirosis,
cholera,  vibriosis,  and  infectious  hepatitis.  Recent studies
have emphasized the value of fecal coliform density in  assessing
the  occurrence  of  Salmonella,  a  common bacterial pathogen in
surface water.  Field studies involving irrigation  water,  field
crops, and soils indicate that when the fecal coliform density in
stream  waters  exceeded  1,000  per  100  ml,  the occurrence of
Salmonella was 53,5 percent.


                   pH, Acidity, and Alkalinity

pH is of relatively minor importance,  although  waters  with  pH
outside  the  6.0  to  9.0  range can affect the survival of most
organisms, particularly invertebrates.   The  usual  pH  for  raw
waste  falls  between  6.0  and  9.0;  although  the  pH  of  the


                              71

-------
condensables tends to be higher (7.2 to 9.6).  This pH  range  is
close  enough to neutrality that it does not significantly affect
treatment  effectiveness  or  effluent  quality.   However,  some
adjustment  may  be  required,  particularly if pH adjustment has
been used to lower the pH for protein precipitation, or if the pR
has been raised for ammonia stripping.  The pH of the waste water
then should be returned to its  normal  range  before  discharge.
The  effect  of  chemical  additions  for pH adjustment should be
taken into consideration, as new pollutants could result.

Acidity and alkalinity are reciprocal terms.  Acidity is produced
by substances  that  yield  hydrogen  ions  upon  hydrolysis  and
alkalinity  is  produced  by substances that yield hydroxyl ions.
The terms "total acidity" and "total alkalinity" are  often  used
to  express  the  buffering  capacity  of a solution.  Acidity in
natural waters is caused by carbon dioxide, mineral acids, weakly
dissociated acids, and the salts of strong acids and weak  bases.
Alkalinity  is  caused  by  strong  bases and the salts of strong
alkalies and weak acids.

The term pH is a logarithmic expression of the  concentration  of
hydrogen  ions.   At  a  pH  of  7, the hydrogen and hydroxyl ion
concentrations are essentially equal and the  water  is  neutral.
Lower  pH  values  indicate  acidity while higher values indicate
alkalinity.   The  relationship  between  pH   and   acidity   or
alkalinity is not necessarily linear or direct.

Waters  with  a  pH  below  6.0  are  corrosive  to  water  works
structures, distribution lines, and household  plumbing  fixtures
and  can  thus  add  such constituents to drinking water as iron,
copper, zinc, cadmium, and lead.  The hydrogen ion  concentration
can  affect  the "taste" of the water.  At a low pH, water tastes
"sour." The bactericidal effect of chlorine is weakened as the pH
increases, and it is advantageous to keep  the  pH  close  to  7.
This is very significant for providing safe drinking water.

Extremes of pH or rapid pH changes can exert stress conditions or
kill  aquatic life outright.  Dead fish, associated algal blooms,
and foul stenches are  aesthetic  liabilities  of  any  waterway.
Even moderate changes from "acceptable" criteria limits of pH are
deleterious  to  some  species.  The relative toxicity to aquatic
life of many materials is increased by changes in the  water  pH.
Metalocyanide  complexes  can increase a thousandfold in toxicity
with a drop of 1.5 pH units.  The availability of  many  nutrient
substances  varies  with  the alkalinity and acidity.  Ammonia is
more lethal with a higher pH.

The lacrimal fluid of the human eye has a pH of approximately 7.0
and a deviation of 0.1 pH unit from the norm may  result  in  eye
irritation  for  the  swimmer.  Appreciable irritation will cause
severe pain.
                           Temperature

Because of  the  long  detention  time  at  ambient  temperatures
associated with typically large biological treatment systems used


                            72

-------
for  treating  renderer plant waste water, the temperature of the
treated effluent from most rendering plants will be virtually the
same  as  the  temperature  of  the  receiving  body  of   water.
Therefore, temperature effluent limitations were not established.
Temperatures  of  the  raw waste waters are, however, between 29°
and'66°C  (85° and 150°F) , with a  typical  value  of  about  52°C
(125°F); temperatures, of course, run higher during summer months
than  winter months.  The major source of high-temperature waters
is the condensed cooking vapors.  These high temperatures,  along
with  the  high-strength  wastes  are  an  asset  for  biological
treatment  of  the  wastes,  maintaining  high  growth  rates  of
microorganisms  required  for  good  treatment.   However, if the
temperature of the raw wastes is too high—greater than 52°C, the
raw  wastes  may  create  a  strong  odor  problem.   Raw   waste
temperatures below 38°C  (100°F) rarely cause odor problems.

Temperature  is  one  of the most important and influential water
quality characteristics.  Temperature  determines  those  species
that  may  be  present;  it  activates  the  hatching  of  young,
regulates their activity,  and  stimulates  or  suppresses  their
growth  and development; it attracts, and may kill when the water
becomes too hot or becomes chilled too  suddenly.   colder  water
generally   suppresses   development.    Warmer  water  generally
accelerates activity and may be a primary cause of aquatic  plant
nuisances when other environmental factors are suitable.

Temperature  is a prime regulator of natural processes within the
water  environment.   It  governs  physiological   functions   in
organisms  and, acting directly or indirectly in combination with
other water quality constituents, it affects  aquatic  life  with
each  change.   These  effects  include  chemical reaction rates,
enzymatic functions, molecular movements, and molecular exchanges
between membranes within and between  the  physiological  systems
and the organs of an animal.

Chemical  reaction  rates  vary  with  temperature  and generally
increase  as the temperature  is  increased.   The  solubility  of
gases  in  water  varies  with  temperature.  Dissolved oxygen is
decreased by the decay  or  decomposition  of  dissolved  organic
substances and the decay rate increases as the temperature of the
water  increases  reaching  a  maximum at about 30°C  (86°F).  The
temperature of stream water, even during  summer,  is  below  the
optimum   for pollution-associated bacteria.  Increasing the water
temperature increases the bacterial multiplication rate when  the
environment is favorable and the food supply is abundant.

Reproduction  cycles  may  be  changed significantly by increased
temperature because this function takes  place  under  restricted
temperature  ranges.   Spawning  may  not  occur  at  all because
temperatures are too high.  Thus, a fish population may exist  in
a   heated  area  only by continued immigration.  Disregarding the
decreased reproductive potential,  water  temperatures  need  not
reach  lethal  levels  to  decimate a species.  Temperatures that
favor competitors, predators, parasites, and disease can  destroy
a species at levels far below those that are lethal.
                             73

-------
                             Figure 12.   Suggested Waste Reduction Program for Rendering Plants
Waste Reduction
  Techniques
Waste Reduction
    Effect
   Point of
  Application
BOD, Sus
 Solids,
 Grease
 Removal
to 98.5%
  BOD
 Removal of
  Fine Sus.
Solids, Salt,
 Phosphorus,
 Ammonia (as
 necessary)
 to 99.5%
    BOD.
                                    Post
                                  Secondary
                                  Treatment

-------
The in-plant control techniques described below have been used in
offsite rendering plants or are technically feasible.


                          Condensables

Condensables  typically  are  high in BOD5, phosphorus, suspended
solids, dissolved solids, TKN,  ammonia,  nitrates,  and  grease.
(See  Table  9.) However, a number of plants are able to minimize
the strength of Condensables in several ways.  These include:

     o    Avoid overloading cookers;
     o    Provide and maintain traps in the vapor lines;
     o    Control the speed of agitation;
     o    Provide bypass valves for controlling pressure bleed-down
          on cookers used for hydrolyzing raw material; and
     o    Control cooking rate.

The volume of Condensables is dependent  upon  the  type  of  raw
material being processed and on the type of condenser used.  From
the  standpoint  of  waste  treatment, Condensables should not be
diluted with fresh water.  Treated waters should be recycled  for
use in operating barometric leg condensers.


             Control of High-Strength Liquid Wastes

Liquid  drainage  from raw materials can contribute significantly
to the total raw waste load.  These sources can be controlled  or
eliminated  by  containing them and then mixing the drainage with
the raw materials as they enter a  cooker,  screening,  or  steam
sparging and screening,  containing drainage may require plugging
drains in the raw materials receiving area and in wet wells below
receiving bins.

Blood  water  and  tank  water,  both  of which are high-strength
wastes (See Section V.), can  be  eliminated  by  evaporating  to
stick  and  using  as  tankage for dry inedible rendering.  Whole
blood drying processes do not generate any blood water and should
be considered as an alternative  method  to  steam  sparging  and
screening, followed by evaporation of blood water.


Hide  curing  waste  waters are of high strength  (See section V.)
and can be a significant part of the total raw waste load.   This
source  can  be  eliminated by blending the hide curing wastes in
relatively small amounts with  raw  materials  being  charged  to
cookers.
                    Truck and Barrel Washings

Solids, including grease, should be scraped or  squeegeed  from  the
trucks  and   barrels  prior to washdown.  Truck  washings should be
screened.
                              77

-------
                          Odor control

Although  odor  control  by   scrubbing   does   not   contribute
significantly  to the raw waste load, it can add significantly to
the waste water volume.  This large  contribution  to  the  waste
water  volume  can be avoided by using chemically conditioned and
recycled scrubbing water or by reusing treated water.


                    Plant Cleanup and Spills

Cleanup of the plant and spills should  include  dry  cleanup  by
squeegeeing  or  scraping  prior  to  washdown.  Plant cleanup is
usually required only once daily.  Accidental  spills  and  leaky
equipment  can, however, necessitate more frequent plant cleanup.
Thus, considerable effort should be expended to avoid spills  and
to prevent leaks.  A regularly scheduled maintenance program will
minimize  leaks;  it will minimize the spills caused by equipment
failure.

                   IN-PLANT PRIMARY TREATMENT

                        Flow Equalization

Equalization facilities consist of a  holding  tank  and  pumping
equipment designed to reduce the fluctuations of waste water flow
through  materials  recovery  systems.   They can be economically
advantageous, whether the industry is treating its own wastes  or
discharging  into  a  city  sewer  after  some pretreatment.  The
equalizing tank should have sufficient capacity  to  provide  for
uniform  flow  to  treatment facilities throughout a 2U-hour day.
The tank is characterized by a varying flow into the tank  and  a
constant flow out.

The  major  advantages of equalization are that treatment systems
can be smaller since they can be designed for the 2U-hour average
rather than the peak flows, and many biological  waste  treatment
systems  operate much better when not subjected to shock loads or
variations in feed rate.

Many plants do not require any  special  tanks  to  achieve  flow
equalization  because  of  the manner in which they are operated.
For example, plants with large continuous systems or a number  of
batch  systems   (10  to  20)  with  staggered cooking cycles that
operate most of the day are inherently achieving a  near-constant
flow of waste water.

Screens

Since  so  much  of  the  pollutant  matter  for  some sources of
rendering  plant  wastes  is  originally  solid   (meat  and   fat
particles),  interception  of the waste material by various types
of  screens  is  a  natural  first  step.   To  assure  the  best
performance  on a plant waste water stream, flow equalization may
be needed preceding screening equipment.
                              78

-------
Unfortunately, when the  pollutant  materials  enter  the  sewage
stream, they are subjected to turbulence, pumping, and mechanical
screening,  and they break down and release soluble BOD^ into the
stream, along  with  colloidal,  suspended,  and  greasy  solids.
Waste  treatment—that is, the removal of soluble, colloidal, and
suspended  organic  matter—is  expensive.   It  is  usually  far
simpler and less expensive to keep the solids out of the sewer.

Static,  vibrating, and rotary screens are the primary types used
for this  step  in  the  in-plant  primary  treatment.   Whenever
possible,  pilot-scale  studies  are warranted before selecting a
screen, unless specific operating  data  are  available  for  the
specific  use  intended,  in the same solids concentration range,
and under the same operating conditions.


Static Screens

The primary function of a static screen is to  remove  "free"  or
transporting  fluids.   This can be accomplished in several ways,
and in most older concepts, only gravity drainage is involved.  A
concavely  curved  screen  design  using  high-velocity  pressure
feeding  was  developed  and  patented  in the 1950's for mineral
classification and has been adapted to other uses in the  process
industries.   This  design employs bar interference to the slurry
which knives off thin layers of the water as it  flows  over  the
curved surface.15

Beginning in 1969, United States and foreign patents were allowed
on  a  three-slope  static screen made of specially curved wires.
This concept used the Canada or  wall  attachment  phenomenon  to
withdraw  the  fluid  from  the  underlayer of a slurry, which is
stratified by controlled velocity over the screen.   This  method
of  operation  has  been found to be highly effective in handling
slurries containing fatty or sticky fibrous suspended matter.15


Vibrating Screens

The effectiveness of  a  vibrating  screen  depends  on  a  rapid
motion.   Vibrating  screens operate between 99 rpm and 1800 rpm;
the motion can be either circular or straight line, varying  from
0.08  to  1.27 cm  (1/32 to 1/2 inch) total travel.  The speed and
motion are selected by the screen manufacturer for the particular
application.

Of prime importance in the selection of a proper vibrating screen
is the application of the proper cloth.  The capacities on liquid
vibrating screens are based on the percent of open  area  of  the
cloth.   The  cloth  is  selected  with the proper combination of
strength of wire and percent of open area.  If the  waste  solids
to be handled are heavy and abrasive, wire of a greater thickness
and diameter  should be used to assure long life.  However, if the
material  is  light  or  sticky  in nature, the durability of the
screening surface may be the  least  consideration.   In  such   a
                              79

-------
case, a light wire may be desired to provide an increased percent
of open area.

Rotary Screens

One  type of barrel or rotary screen, driven by external rollers,
receives the waste water at  one  open  end  and  discharges  the
solids  at the other open end.  The screen is inclined toward the
exit end to facilitate movement of  solids.   The  liquid  passes
outward  through the screen  (usually stainless steel screen cloth
or perforated metal) to a receiver and then  to  the  sewer.   To
prevent clogging, the screen is usually sprayed continuously by a
line of external spray nozzles.

Another  rotary  screen commonly used in various industries, such
as the meat industry, is driven by an external pinion gear.   The
raw waste water is fed into the interior of the screen, below the
longitudinal  axis,  and solids are removed in a trough and screw
conveyor mounted lengthwise at the  axis   (center  line)  of  the
barrel.   The liquid exits outward through the screen into a tank
under the screen.  The  screen  is  partially  submerged  in  the
liquid in the tank.  The screen is usually 40 x UO mesh, with O.U
mm    (1/6U  inch)  openings.   Perforated  lift  paddles  mounted
lengthwise on the inside surface of the screen assist in  lifting
the  solids  to the conveyor trough.  This type is also generally
sprayed externally to reduce blinding.  Grease  clogging  can  be
reduced by coating the wire cloth with teflon.  Solids removal up
to 82 percent is reported.*'

Applications

A  broad  range  of  applications exists for screens as the first
stage of in-plant waste water treatment.  These include both  the
plant  waste  water  and  waste  water discharged from individual
sources, especially streams with high solids content such as  raw
material drainage.


                          Catch Basins

The  catch  basin  for  the  separation of grease and solids from
independent rendering waste waters was  originally  developed  to
recover  marketable  grease.   Since  the  primary  objective was
grease recovery, all  improvements  were  centered  on  skimming.
Many  catch basins were not equipped with automatic bottom sludge
removal  equipment.   These  basins  could  often  be  completely
drained  to  the  sewer  and  were  "sludged  out"  weekly  or at
frequencies such that  septic  conditions  would  not  cause  the
sludge  to  rise.  Rising sludge was undesirable because it could
affect the color and reduce the market value of the grease.

In the past twenty years, with waste treatment gradually becoming
an added economic incentive, catch basin design has been improved
in the solids removal area as well.   In   fact,  the  low  market
value  of  inedible  grease  and tallow has reduced concern about
                              80

-------
quality of the skimmings, and now the concern is shifting  toward
overall  effluent  quality  improvement.  Gravity grease recovery
systems will remove 20 to 30  percent  of  the  BOD5,  ^0  to  50
percent  of  the  suspended  solids,  and 50 to 60 percent of the
grease (hexane solubles).*5

The majority of the gravity grease recovery basins (catch basins)
are rectangular.  Flow rate is the most important  criterion  for
design;  30 to 40 minutes detention time at one-hour peak flow is
a common design sizing factor.15  The use of an  equalizing  tank
ahead of the catch basin obviously minimizes the size requirement
for  the  basin.   A shallow basin—up to 1.8 meters (6 feet)—is
preferred.

A "skimmer" skims the grease and scum off the top into collecting
troughs.  A scraper  moves  the  sludge  at  the  bottom  into  a
submerged hopper from which it can be pumped or carries it up and
deposits  it  into  a  hopper.   Both skimmings and sludge can be
recycled as a raw material for rendering.

Two identical catch basins, with a common wall, are desirable  so
operation  can continue if one is down for maintenance or repair.
Both concrete and steel tanks are used.

Concrete tanks have the  inherent  advantages  of  lower  overall
maintenance  and  more  permanence  of  structure.  However, some
plants prefer to be able to modify  their  operation  for  future
expansion  or  alterations  or  even relocation.  All-steel tanks
have the advantage of  being  semiportable,  more  easily  field-
erected,  and more easily modified than concrete tanks.  The all-
steel tanks, however, require additional maintenance as a  result
of wear from abrasion and corrosion.
                     Dissolved Air Flotation

This  system is, by definition, a primary treatment system; thus,
the effluent from a dissolved air flotation system is  considered
raw waste.  This system is normally used to remove fine suspended
solids  and  is  particularly  effective  on  grease in the waste
waters from independent rendering plants.   It  is  a  relatively
recent technology in the rendering industry; therefore, it is not
in  widespread  use,  although  increasing  numbers of plants are
installing these systems.

Dissolved air flotation appears to be the single  most  effective
device  currently  available  for  a  plant  to use to reduce the
pollutant waste load in  its  raw  waste  water  stream.   It  is
expected that the use of dissolved air flotation will become more
common  in  the  industry,  especially as a step in achieving the
1983 limitations.
                               81

-------
         Compressed
            Air
Feed
                Total   Pressurizotion
                       Process
                                                                  Treated
                                                                  Effluent
                                                              Float
Sludge
                  Figure 13.   Dissolved Air Flotation

-------
Technical Description

Air flotation systems are used to remove any  suspended  material
from  waste water with a specific gravity close to that of water.
The dissolved air system generates a supersaturated  solution  of
waste  water  and air by pressurizing waste water and introducing
compressed air, then mixing the two in a  detention  tank.   This
"supersaturated11  waste  water  flows  to  a large flotation tank
where the pressure  is  released,  thereby  generating  numerous,
small  air  bubbles  which  effect the flotation of the suspended
organic material by one of three mechanisms:  1) adhesion of  the
air  bubbles  to  the particles of matter; 2)  trapping of the air
bubbles in the floe  structures  of  suspended  material  as  the
bubbles  rise;  and  3) adsorption of the air bubbles as the floe
structure is formed from the suspended organic matter.1*  In most
cases, bottom sludge removal facilities are also provided.

There  are  three  process  alternatives  that  differ   by   the
proportion of the waste water stream that is pressurized and into
which  the  compressed air is mixed.  In the total pressurization
process. Figure 13, the entire waste water stream  is  raised  to
full pressure for compressed air injection.

In  partial  pressurization.  Figure 1U, only a part of the waste
water stream is raised to the pressure of the compressed air  for
subsequent mixing.  Alternative A of Figure 1U shows a sidestream
of  influent  entering  the  detention  tank,  thus  reducing the
pumping required in the  system  shown  in  Figure  13.   In  the
recycle  pressurization  process.  Alternative  B  of  Figure 1ft,
treated  effluent  from  the  flotation  tank  is  recycled   and
pressurized  for  mixing with the compressed air and then, at the
point of pressure release,  is  mixed  with  the  influent  waste
water.  Operating costs may vary slightly, but performance should
be essentially equal among the alternatives.

Improved  performance  of the air flotation system is achieved by
coagulation of the suspended matter prior to treatment.  This  is
done  by pH adjustment or the addition of coagulant chemicals, or
both.  Aluminum sulfate, iron sulfate, lime, and polyelectrolytes
are used as coagulants at varying concentrations up to 300 to 400
mg/1 in the raw waste.  These chemicals are  essentially  totally
removed  in  the  dissolved air unit, thereby adding little or no
load to the downstream waste  treatment   systems.   However,  the
resulting  float  and  sludge  may  become  a   less desirable raw
material for recycling through the rendering process as a  result
of chemical coagulation addition*  Chemical precipitation is also
discussed  later,  particularly  in regard to phosphorus removal,
under tertiary treatment; phosphorus can also be removed at  this
primary   (in-plant)  treatment  stage.   A  slow  paddle mix will
improve  coagulation.    It   has   been   suggested   that   the
proteinaceous matter in rendering plant waste could be removed by
reducing  the  pH  of the waste water to the isoelectric point of
about 3.5.16  The proteinaceous material would be  coagulated  at
that  point  and  readily  removed  as  float from the top of the
                             83

-------
                                                    Compressed
                                                        Air
                                                 Recycle Pressurizotion
                                                         Process
                                                      (Alternative B)
                                 	(Retention
                                          Tank
                                                                             n
00
1
Feed from .
Primary ... >
Treatment i
1 Treated
Flotation
Tank
	 • 	 7 C.IIIUCIII
	 1 C|«rt*
    i	^(Retention}	
            Tank
                                                                             Sludge
Compressed
    Air
                                           Partial Pressurization
                                                 Process
                                              (Alternative A)
                         Figure 14.   Process Alternatives for Dissolved Air Flotation

-------
dissolved air unit.  This is not being done commercially  in  the
rendering industry in the United States at the present time.

Similarly, the Alwatec process has been developed by a company in
Oslo,  Norway,  using  a  lignosulfonic  acid  precipitation  and
dissolved air flotation to recover a high protein product that is
valuable as a feed.1* Nearly instantaneous protein  precipitation
and  hence,  nitrogen  removal,  is achieved when a high protein-
containing effluent is acidified to a pH between 3 and 4  with  a
high  molecular  weight  lignosulfonic  acid.   BOD5 reduction is
reported to range from 60 to 95 percent.  The  effluent  must  be
neutralized  before  further treatment by the addition of milk or
lime or some other inexpensive alkali.   This  process  is  being
evaluated on meat packing waste in one plant in the United States
at the present time.18

One  of  the  manufacturers  of dissolved air flotation equipment
indicated a 60 percent suspended solids  removal  and  80  to  90
percent  grease  removal without the addition of chemicals.  With
the addition of 300 to UOO mg/1 of  inorganic  coagulants  and  a
slow  mix  to coagulate the organic matter, the manufacturer says
that 90 percent or more of the suspended solids and more than  90
percent of the grease can be removed.19  Total nitrogen reduction
between  35  and  70  percent  was  found  in dissolved air units
surveyed in the meat packing industry.8

The operation of several dissolved air units  has  been  observed
during  the verification sampling program and plant visits of the
rendering and meat packing industries.  One  meat  packing  plant
that  was  visited  controlled  the feed rate and pH of the waste
water and achieved 90 to 95 percent removal of solids and grease.
Other plants had relatively good operating success, but some  did
not  achieve  the  results  that should have been attainable.  It
appeared that they did not fully understand the process chemistry
and were using erroneous operating procedures.

Problems and Reliability

The reliability of the dissolved air  flotation process and of the
equipment seems to be well established, although it is relatively
new technology for the rendering industry.  As  indicated  above,
it  appears that the use of the dissolved  air system is not fully
exploited by some  of the companies  who  have  installed  it  for
waste   water   treatment.   The  potential  reliability  of  the
dissolved air process can be realized by proper installation  and
operation.    The  feed  rate  and  process  conditions  must  be
maintained at the  proper levels  at   all   times  to  assure  this
reliability.   This  fact does not seem to be fully understood or
of sufficient concern to some companies, and thus full benefit is
frequently not achieved.

The sludge and float taken from the dissolved air system can both
be recycled through  the  rendering   process.   The  addition  of
polyelectrolyte  chemicals  was  reported  to create some problems
for sludge dewatering and for subsequent use as  a  raw  material


                              85

-------
for   rendering.    The  mechanical  equipment  involved  in  the
dissolved  air  flotation  system  is  fairly  simple,  requiring
standard  maintenance  attention  for  such  things  as pumps and
mechanical drives.

                  WASTE WATER TREATMENT SYSTEMS

The secondary treatment methods commonly used for  the  treatment
of  rendering  plant  wastes  after  in-plant  primary  treatment
(solids removal) are the following biological systems:  anaerobic
process, aerated and  aerobic  lagoons,  and  variations  of  the
activated  sludge process.  Several of these systems individually
are capable of providing up to 97 percent BOD5. reductions and  95
percent  suspended solids reduction, as observed primarily in the
meat  packing  industry.8   Combinations  of  these  systems  can
achieve reductions up to 99 percent in BOD£ and grease, and up to
97  percent  in suspended solids for rendering plant waste water.
Based on operating data  from  pilot-plant  systems  for  packing
plant  wastes  and  sludge  supernatant,  the rotating biological
contactor also shows potential.

The selection of a biological system for treatment  of  rendering
plant   wastes   depends   upon  a  number  of  important  system
characteristics.  Some of these are  waste  water  volume,  waste
load   concentration,   equipment   used,   pollutant   reduction
effectiveness required, reliability, consistency,  and  resulting
ancillary  pollution  problems  (e.g.,  sludge  disposal and odor
control).  The characteristics and performance  of  each  of  the
above-mentioned biological treatment systems, and also for common
combinations of them, are described below.  Capital and operating
costs are discussed in Section VIII.

                       Anaerobic Processes

The combination of normally warm raw waste water  (20° to 35°C, or
65°  to  95°F)  and  the  high concentrations of readily digested
organic nutrients  associated  with  independent  rendering-plant
wastes  make  these  wastes  well  suited to anaerobic treatment.
Anaerobic or facultative microorganisms, which  function  in  the
absence  of  dissolved  oxygen,  break down the organic wastes to
intermediates  such  as  organic  acids  and  alcohols.   Methane
bacteria  then  convert  the  intermediates  primarily  to carbon
dioxide and methane.   Much  of  the  organic  nitrogen   (protein
materials)   present  in  the  influent  is  converted  to ammonia
nitrogen.  Also, if sulfur compounds are present   (such  as  from
high-sulfate  raw  water—100  to  200  mg/1  sulfate) ,  hydrogen
sulfide will  be  generated.   Acid  conditions  are  undesirable
because   methane  formation  is  suppressed  and  noxious  odors
develop.  Anaerobic processes are economical because they provide
high overall removal of BODjS and suspended solids with low  power
cost  and  with  low  land  requirements.  Two types of anaerobic
processes are used in this industry  segment  or  in  other  meat
products  industry  segments:  anaerobic  lagoons  and  anaerobic
contact systems.
                               86

-------
Anaerobic Lagoons

Anaerobic lagoons are widely used in the  rendering  industry  as
the  first  step in biological treatment or as pretreatment prior
to discharge to a municipal  system.   Reductions  of  up  to  97
percent  in  BOD5 and up to 95 percent in suspended solids can be
achieved with  the  lagoons;  85  percent  reduction  is  common.
Occasionally  two  anaerobic  lagoons  are  used  in parallel and
sometimes in series.  These lagoons are relatively deep (3  to  5
meters,  or  about  10 to 17 feet), low surface area systems with
typical waste loadings of 240 to 320 kg  BOD5/1000  cubic  meters
(15 to 20 Ib BOD5/1000 cubic feet) and detention times of five to
ten  days.   A  thick  scum  layer  of  grease  may be allowed to
accumulate on the surface of the lagoon to retard heat  loss,  to
ensure  anaerobic  conditions,  and hopefully to retain obnoxious
odors.  Low pH and wind can  adversely  affect  the  scum  layer.
Paunch  manure and straw are sometimes added to help maintain the
physical structure of the scum layer.

Plastic covers of nylon-reinforced Hypalon,  polyvinyl  chloride,
and  styrofoam  have been used on occasion by other industries in
place of the scum layer;  in  fact,  some  States  require  this.
Properly  installed  covers  provide  a convenient means for odor
control and collection of the by-product methane gas.

The waste water flow inlet should be located near,  but  not  on,
the  bottom  of  the  lagoon.   In  some installations, sludge is
recycled to ensure adequate anaerobic seed for the influent.  The
outlet from  the  lagoon  should  be  located  to  prevent  short
circuiting of the flow and carryover of the scum layer.

For  best  operation,  the  pH should be between 7.0 and 8.5.  At
lower pH, methane-forming bacteria will not survive and the  acid
formers  will take over to produce very noxious odors.  At a high
pH  (above 8.5), acid-forming  bacteria  will  be  suppressed  and
lower the lagoon efficiency.


Advantages-Disadvantages.   Advantages  of  an  anaerobic  lagoon
system are initial low cost, ease of operation, and  the  ability
to  handle  large  grease  loads  and  shock waste loads, and yet
continue   to   provide   a   consistent   quality    effluent.20
Disadvantages  of  an  anaerobic  lagoon are the hydrogen sulfide
generated from sulfate-containing waters and the  typically  high
ammonia  concentrations  in the effluent of 100 mg/1 or more.  If
acid conditions develop, severe odor  problems  result.   If  the
gases  evolved  are contained, it is possible to use iron filings
to remove sulfides and methane gas could serve as a fuel source.


Applications.  Anaerobic lagoons  used  as  the  first  stage  in
biological  treatment  are usually followed by aerobic lagoons or
other aerobic treatment process.  Placing a  small,  mechanically
aerated  lagoon  between  the  anaerobic  and  aerobic lagoons is
becoming popular.  Anaerobic lagoons are not  permitted  in  some


                              87

-------
                   Equalizing Tank
00
CO
         Plant
        Effluent
                        I \

                        \f
Sludge Recycle
                                  L/vA
                               HeatersV    V~x
                                          Anaerobic
                                          Digestors
          Gas
        Stripping
          Units
Sedimentation
    Tanks
                                     -> Effluent
                                  Figure 15.   Anaerobic Contact Process

-------
States  or  areas  where  the  ground  water  is high or the soil
conditions are adverse (e.g., too porous),  or  because  of  odor
problems.


Anaerobic Contact Systems

Anaerobic  contact  systems  require more equipment for operation
than do anaerobic lagoons.  These systems are not known to be  in
use  by  the  rendering industry, however, their use by some meat
packing plants has demonstrated their applicability to  rendering
plant   waste   waters   because   of  the  similarity  in  waste
characteristics.  The equipment, as  illustrated  in  Figure  15,
consists  of equalization tanks, digesters with mixing equipment,
air or  vacuum  gas  stripping  units,  and  sedimentation  tanks
(clarifiers).   Overall reduction of 90 to 97 percent in BOD5 and
suspended solids is achievable.

Equalized waste water flow is introduced into  a  mixed  digester
where anaerobic decomposition takes place at a temperature of 33°
to 35°C  (90° to 95°F).  BOD5 loading into the digester is between
2.a  and 3.2 kg/cubic meter~{0.15 and 0.20 Ib/cubic foot) and the
detention  time  is  between  3.0  to  12.0  hours.   After   gas
stripping,  the  digester  effluent  is  clarified  and sludge is
recycled at a rate of about  one-third  the  raw  waste  influent
rate.   Sludge  is removed from the system at the rate of about 2
percent of the raw waste volume.

Advantages-Disadvantages-  Advantages of  the  anaerobic  contact
system  are  high  organic  waste  load reduction in a relatively
short time; production and collection of methane gas that can  be
used  to  maintain a high temperature in the digester and also to
provide auxiliary heat and  power;  good  effluent  stability  to
grease  and  waste'  load  shocks;  and application in areas where
anaerobic lagoons cannot be  used.   Disadvantages  of  anaerobic
contactors  are  higher  initial  cost  and maintenance costs and
potential odor emissions from the clarifiers.

Applications.  Anaerobic contact systems are restricted to use as
the first stage of biological treatment and can  be  followed  by
the same systems as follow anaerobic lagoons.
                             89

-------
                         Aerated Lagoons

Aerated  lagoons  have been used successfully for many years in a
small number of installations treating meat packing and rendering
plant  wastes.   However,  with  the   tightening   of   effluent
limitations,   and   because  aerated  lagoons  can  provide  the
additional treatment, the number of installations is increasing.

Aerated  lagoons  use  either   fixed   mechanical   turbine-type
aerators,  floating  propeller-type  aerators,  or a diffused air
system for supplying oxygen to  the  waste  water.   The  lagoons
usually  are  2.4  to  4.6 meters  (8 to 15 feet)  deep, and have a
detention time of from  several  hours  up  to  ten  days.   BOD5
reductions  range  from  40  to  60  percent,  with  little or no
reduction in suspended solids.  Because of this, aerated  lagoons
approach  conditions  similar to extended aeration without sludge
recycle.  (See below.)


Advantages-Disadvantages

Advantages of this system are that it can rapidly  add  dissolved
oxygen   (DO)  to  convert anaerobic effluent to an aerobic state;
provide additional BOD5 reduction; and it requires  a  relatively
small   amount   of   land.    Disadvantages  include  the  power
requirements and the fact that the  aerated  lagoon,  in  itself,
usually  does  not reduce BOD5 and suspended solids adequately to
be used as the  final  stage  in  a  high-performance  biological
treatment system.


Applications

Aerated  lagoons  are  usually  the  first  or  second  stages of
secondary treatment, and must be followed by a solids  separation
unit such as aerobic  (shallow) lagoons to reduce suspended solids
and to provide the required final treatment.


                         Aerobic Lagoons

Aerobic  lagoons   (stabilization   lagoons or oxidation ponds) are
large surface area, shallow lagoons, usually 1 to 2.3  meters   (3
to  8  feet)  deep,  loaded at a BOD5 rate of 20 to 50 pounds per
acre.  Detention times vary from about one month to six or  seven
months; thus, aerobic lagoons require large areas of land.

Aerobic lagoons serve three main functions in waste reduction:

     o    Allow solids to settle out;

     o    Equalize and control flow; and
                              90

-------
     o    Permit stabilization of organic matter by aerobic and
          facultative microorganisms and also by algae,

Actually,  if  the  pond is quite deep, 1.8 to 2.U meters (6 to 8
feet), the waste water near the bottom may be void  of  dissolved
oxygen  and  anaerobic  organisms  may  be  present.   Therefore,
settled solids can be decomposed into inert and  soluble  organic
matter by aerobic, anaerobic, or facultative organisms, depending
upon  the  lagoon conditions.  The soluble organic matter is also
decomposed  by  mi croorganisms.   11  i s  essential  to  maintain
aerobic  conditions  in  at least the upper 6.0 to 12,0 inches in
shallow lagoons, since  aerobic  microorganisms  cause  the  most
complete  removal  of  organic  matter.   Wind  action assists in
carrying  the  upper  layer  of  liquid   (aerated  by   air-water
interface  and  photosynthesis)  into  the  deeper portions.  The
anaerobic  decomposition  generally  occurring  in   the   bottom
converts  solids  to  liquid organics, which can become nutrients
for the aerobic organisms in the upper zone.

Algae growth is common in aerobic lagoons; this  currently  is  a
drawback  when  aerobic  lagoons  are  used  for final treatment.
Algae in the effluent may be reduced by drawing  off  the  lagoon
effluent  at  least  30  cm  (about 14 inches) below the surface,
where concentrations are usually lower, maintenance  cleaning  of
the   lagoon,   installation   of  a  "polishing"  clarifier,  or
combination of these actions.  Algae in the lagoon, however, play
an important role in  stabilization.   They  use  CO2,  sulfates,
nitrates, phosphates, water, and sunlight to synthesize their own
organic cellular matter and give off oxygen.  The oxygen may then
be  used  by  other microorganisms for their metabolic processes.
When algae die they either settle  out  or  become  part  of  the
overall food supply (substrate) for other microorganisms.

It  has  been frequently observed that ammonia is reduced without
the appearance of an equivalent amount of nitrite and nitrate  in
aerobic  lagoons  as  evidenced  by the results of field sampling
surveys at various  meat  products  treatment  facilities.   From
this,  and the fact that aerobic lagoons  tend to become anaerobic
near the bottom, it appears that considerable  nitrification  and
denitrification can occur.

Ice and snow cover in winter reduces the  overall effectiveness of
aerobic  lagoons  by  reducing algae activity, preventing mixing,
and preventing reaeration by wind  action and  diffusion.   This
cover, if present for an extended period, can result in anaerobic
conditions.   If  necessary,  it  has been shown that the adverse
effects of  this  condition  can  be  substantially  overcome  by
supplemental  aeration  using submerged aerators or by the use of
effluent storage.74,79 When there is no ice  and  snow  cover  on
large  aerobic lagoons, high winds can develop a wave action that
can damage dikes.  Riprap, segmented lagoons,  and  finger  dikes
are  used  to  prevent  wave damage.  Finger dikes, when arranged
appropriately, also prevent short circuiting of the  waste  water
through the lagoon.  Rodent and weed control and dike maintenance
are all essential for good operation of the lagoons.


                             91

-------
Advantages-Di sadvantages

Advantages  of aerobic lagoons are that they reduce the suspended
solids and colloidal matter, and oxidize the  organic  matter  of
the  influent  to  the  lagoon; they also permit flow control and
waste water storage.   Disadvantages  are  reduced  effectiveness
during  winter  months  that  may  require supplemental aeration,
increased  design  capacity,  possible  requirements  to  include
provisions  for no discharge for periods of three months or more.
In addition, there are relatively large  land  requirements,  the
potential  algae  growth  problem  leading  to  higher  suspended
solids, and odor problems for a short time in spring,  after  the
ice melts and before the lagoon becomes aerobic again.


Applications

Aerobic   lagoons  usually  are  the  last  stage  in  biological
treatment and  frequently  follow  anaerobic  or  anaerobic-plus-
aerated  lagoons.   Large  aerobic  lagoons allow plants to store
waste waters for discharge during periods of  high  flow  in  the
receiving  body  of  water  or  to  store for irrigation purposes
during the summer.  These lagoons  are  particularly  popular  in
rural areas where land is available and relatively inexpensive.


                        Activated Sludge

The  conventional activated sludge process is schematically shown
in Figure 16.  In  this  process,  recycled  biologically  active
sludge  or  floe  is  mixed in aerated tanks or basins with waste
water.  The microorganisms in the floe adsorb organic matter from
the wastes and convert it by  oxidation-enzyme  systems  to  such
stable  products as carbon dioxide, water, and sometimes nitrates
and  sulfates,  or  nitrogen  gas  (denitrification).   The  time
required  for  digestion  depends  on  the  type of waste and its
concentration, but the average time  is  6.0  hours.   The  floe,
which  is  a  mixture  of microorganisms (bacteria, protozoa, and
filamentous types), food,  and  slime  material,  can  assimilate
organic  matter  rapidly when properly activated; hence, the name
activated sludge.

From the aeration tank, the mixed  sludge  and  waste  water,  in
which  little  nitrification has taken place, are discharged to  a
sedimentation tank.  Here the sludge  settles  out,  producing   a
clear  effluent,  low  in BODji, and a settled biologically active
sludge.  A portion of  the  settled  sludge,  normally  about  20
percent,  is  recycled  to serve as an inoculum and to maintain  a
high mixed liquor suspended solids  content.   Excess  sludge  is
removed   (wasted)  from  the  system, to thickeners and anaerobic
digestion, to chemical treatment and dewatering by filtration  or
centrifugation,  or  to  land  disposal  where  it  is  used as  a
fertilizer and soil conditioner to aid secondary crop growth.
                              92

-------
             Primary
         Sedimentation
                     Secondary
                   Sedimentation
 Raw
Waste
Aeration Tank
                        [^Return  Activated _Sludge
Effluent
                 Waste
                 Sludge
                          I
                          I
                    Waste I
                   Sludge^
             Figure  16.  Activated Sludge Process

-------
This conventional activated sludge process can  reduce  BOD5  and
suspended  solids  up  to 95 percent.  However, it cannot readily
handle shock loads and widely varying flows and  therefore  might
require upstream flow equalization.

Various  modifications  of the activated sludge process have been
developed, such as the tapered aeration, step  aeration,  contact
stabilization,   and   extended  aeration-   Of  these,  extended
aeration processes are most frequently being used  for  treatment
of meat processing, meat packing and rendering wastes.

                        Extended Aeration

The  extended  aeration  process  is  similar to the conventional
activated sludge process, except that the  mixture  of  activated
sludge  and  raw  materials is maintained in the aeration chamber
for longer periods of time.  The usual detention time in extended
aeration ranges from one to three days, rather than six hours  as
in  the  conventional  process.   During  this  prolonged contact
between the sludge and raw waste, there is  ample  time  for  the
organic  matter  to  be  adsorbed  by the sludge and also for the
organisms to  metabolize  the  organic  matter  which  they  have
adsorbed.   In  addition,  the  organisms  undergo a considerable
amount of endogenous respiration, and therefore oxidize  much  of
the organic matter which has been built up into the protoplasm of
the  organism.   Hence, in addition to high organic removals from
the waste waters, up to 75 percent of the organic matter  of  the
microorganisms   is   decomposed   into   stable   products   and
consequently less sludge will have to be handled.

In extended aeration, as in  the  conventional  activated  sludge
process,  it  is  necessary .to  have a final sedimentation tank.
Some of the solids resulting from extended  aeration  are  rather
finely  divided  and  therefore settle slowly, requiring a longer
period of settling.

The long detention time in the extended aeration  tank  makes  it
possible  for  nitrification  to  occur.   In nitrification under
aerobic conditions, ammonia is converted to nitrites and nitrates
by nitrifying bacteria.  For this to occur, it  is  necessary  to
have sludge detention times in excess of ten days.2®  This can be
accomplished  by  regulating  the  amounts of recycled and wasted
sludge.  Oxygen-enriched gas may be substituted for  air  in  the
aeration  tanks  to  improve  overall  performance.   This  would
require that the aeration tank be partitioned  and  covered,  and
that  the  air  compressor and dispersion system be replaced by a
rotating sparger system.  When countercurrent,  staged  flow  and
recirculation  of  gas  back  through  the  liquor  are employed,
between 90 and 95 percent oxygen use is claimed.   Although  this
modification  has  not  been  used  in  treating  rendering plant
wastes, it is being used successfully for treating other  wastes.
The  concept  of nitrification and the treatment systems involved
are discussed later in greater detail under the heading "Nitrogen
Control.«


                              94

-------
                      es^  One advantage of the extended aeration
process  are  that  it  is  immune  to  shock  loading  and  flow
fluctuations  because  the  incoming raw waste load is diluted by
the liquid in the system to a much greater  extent  than  in  the
conventional   activated  sludge.   Also,  because  of  the  long
detention time, high BOD5  reductions  can  be  attained.   Other
advantages  of the system are the elimination of sludge digestion
equipment and the capability to  produce  a  nitrified  effluent.
Disadvantages  are  that  it  is  difficult to remove most of the
suspended soli ds  from  the  mixed  liquor  di scharg ed  from  the
aeration  tank;  large  volume  tanks  or  basins are required to
accommodate the long detention times;  and  operating  costs  for
aeration are high.

Applications-   Because  of  the  high efficiency in reduction of
organic  waste  load  and   the   additional   benefit   of   the
nitrification  process,  extended aeration systems are being used
by some meat products plants in lieu of, or in conjunction  with,
anaerobic  processes  or  lagoons  to  produce  low  BOD5 and low
ammonia-nitrogen effluents.  They are  also  being  used  as  the
first  stage  of  biological  treatment,  followed  by  polishing
lagoons.

                  Rotating Biological contactor

Process Description

The rotating biological contactor (RBC) consists of a  series  of
closely  spaced  flat  parallel  disks  which  are  rotated while
partially immersed in waste waters being treated.   A  biological
growth covering the surface of the disk adsorbs dissolved organic
matter  present  in  the waste water.  As the biomass on the disk
builds up, excess slime  is  sloughed  off  periodically  and  is
settled  out  in  sedimentation  tanks.  The rotation of the disk
carries a thin film of waste water into the air where it  absorbs
the  oxygen  necessary for the aerobic biological activity of the
biomass.  The disk rotation also  promotes  thorough  mixing  and
contact  between  the biomass and the waste waters.  In many ways
the RBC system is a compact version of a  trickling  filter.   In
the  trickling  filter,  the waste waters flow over the media and
thus over the microbial flora; in the RBC system,  the  flora  is
passed through the waste water.

The system can be staged to enhance overall waste load reduction.
Organisms  on the disks selectively develop in each stage and are
thus particularly adapted to the composition of the waste in that
stage.  The first stages might be used for removal  of  dissolved
organic  matter,  while  the  latter  stages  might be adapted to
nitrification, of ammonia.

Development Status

The RBC system was developed  independently  in  Europe  and  the
United  States about 1955 for the treatment of domestic waste; it
found application only in Europe, where there  are  an  estimated
                             95

-------
1000  domestic  installations.20  However, the use of the RBC for
the treatment of meat plant  waste  is  being  evaluated  at  the
present  time.   The  only operating information available on its
use on meat packing waste  is  from  a  pilot  scale  system;  no
information  appears  to  be  available  on  its use for treating
rendering plant wastes.  The pilot plant studies  were  conducted
with  a four-stage RBC system with four-foot diameter disks.  The
system was treating a portion of the effluent  from  the  Austin,
Minnesota,  anaerobic  contact  plant  used to treat meat packing
waste.  These results showed a  BOD5  removal  in  excess  of  50
percent,  with  loadings less than 0.037 kg BOD5 per unit area on
an  average  BODS  influent  concentration  of  approximately  25
mg/1.21

Data  from  Autotrol  Corporation,  one  of  the suppliers of RBC
systems, revealed ammonia removal of greater than 90  percent  by
nitrification  in  a  multistage unit.21  Four to eight stages of
disks with maximum hydraulic loadings of 61 liters  per  day  per
square  meter  (1.5 gallons per day per square foot) of disk area
are considered normal for  ammonia  removal  with  final  ammonia
concentrations as low as 2.0 mg/1 or less.55

A  large  installation  was  recently  completed at the Iowa Beef
Processors plant  in  Dakota  City,  Nebraska,  for  the  further
treatment  of  the  effluent from an anaerobic lagoon.22  No data
are available on this installation, which has been  plagued  with
mechanical problems.

Advantages-Disadvantages

The  major  advantages  of  the RBC system are its relatively low
first cost; the ability to stage  to  achieve  dissolved  organic
matter  reduction  with  the  potential for removal of ammonia by
nitrification; and  its  resistance  to  hydraulic  shock   loads.
Disadvantages are that the system should be housed, if located in
cold  climates,  to  maintain  high  removal  efficiencies  and to
control  odors.   Although  this  system  has  demonstrated   its
durability and reliability when used on domestic wastes in  Europe
and on several industrial wastes in the United States, it has not
yet been proved on rendering plant wastes.
Uses

Rotating  biological contactors could be used as a substitute for
the entire aerobic system.  The number of stages required  depend
on  the  desired  degree  of treatment and the influent strength.
Typical  applications  of  the  rotating  biological   contactor,
however,  may  be  for  polishing   the  effluent  from  anaerobic
processes, nitrification of effluents, and as pretreatment  prior
to discharging wastes to a municipal system.  A BOD5_ reduction of
98 percent is reportedly achievable with a four-stage RBC.2°
       Performance of Various Biological Treatment Systems
                              96

-------
   Table  13.  Performance  of Various Biological Treatment Systems
Plants
w
c
•H
I ,
Rendei
Secondary Treatment System
(number of systems used
to determine averages)
Anaerobic -V Aerobic
Lagoon (4)
Activated Sludge (2)
Aerated + Aerobic
Lagoon (2)
Anaerobic + Aerobic
Lagoon (22)
Anaerobic + Aerated +
Aerobic Lagoon (3)
Anaerobic Contact Process +
Aerobic Lagoon (1)
CO
CO
c
cfl
(^
w
e
•H
O
CO
P->
•u
CO
QJ
2
Extended Aeration +
Aerobic Lagoon (1)
Anaerobic Lagoon + Rotating
Biological Contactor
Anaerobic Lagoon + Extended
Aeration + Aerobic Lagoon
Anaerobic Lagoon +
Trickling Filter (1)
2-Stage Trickling Filter (1)
Aerated + Aerobic
Lagoon (1)
Anaerobic Contact (1)
Water Wasteload Reduction, Percent
Ave
BOD 5
97.7
93.7
96.9

95.4

98.3

98.5

96.0
98. 5e
98e
97.5
95.5

99.4
96.9
rage V
SS
97.3
86.1
88.2

93.5

93.3

96.0

86.0
—
93e
94.0
95.0

94.5
97.1
alues
Grease
89.2
92.2
77.5

95.3

98.5

99.0

98.0

98e
96.0
98.0

—
95.8
Exem
BOB5
99.0
96.6
97.7

98.9

99.5



96.0




99.4
96,9
Diary \
SS
99.9
97.1
93.8

96.6

97.5



86.0




94.5
97.1
alues
Grease
99.4
99-4
78.8

98.9

99.2



98- d




—
95.8
e = estimated
                             97

-------
Table  13  shows  BOD£, suspended solids (SS), and grease removal
efficiencies  for  various  biological   treatment   systems   on
rendering  plant  and meat packing plant waste waters.   Exemplary
values each represent results from an  actual  treatment  system,
except  for  the data on the anaerobic plus aerobic lagoon system
under treatment on meat packing waste waters,  which  includes  an
average for two plants.

The  number  of systems used to calculate average values is shown
in Table 13.  It is apparent  that  the  anaerobic  plus  aerobic
lagoon  system  is the one most commonly used by meat packing and
rendering plants.

The estimated reduction of BOD5 for  meat  packing  waste  waters
shown for the anaerobic lagoon plus rotating biological contactor
is  based  on  preliminary pilot-plant results.  The values shown
for the anaerobic-lagoon plus extended aeration system are  based
on  estimates  of their combined effectiveness that are below the
value calculated by using the average removal efficiency for  the
two  components of the system, individually.  For example, if the
BOD5 reduction for the anaerobic lagoon and the extended aeration
were each 90  percent,  the  calculated  efficiency  of  the  two
systems combined would be 99 percent.

The  data  of  Table  13  show  that,  for  rendering plants, the
anaerobic plus aerobic lagoons are the most effective  system  of
those studied for BODS, SS, and grease removal.  Furthermore, the
anaerobic   plus   aerobic  lagoon  system  appears,  by  percent
reductions, to be  more  effective  on  rendering  than  on  meat
packing  waste waters.  This conclusion could be the result of an
insufficient number of observations; however, it most  likely  is
because  the rendering waste loadings to the treatment system are
generally lower in absolute amounts  than  in  the  more  complex
operations  at  meat  packing  plants.   In  fact, the BOD5 waste
loadings to this type of system for three of the rendering plants
were 12.8; 125, and 35.3 kg BOD5/1000 cubic meters  (15 to  20  lb
BOD5/1000  cubic  feet).   All of the treatment systems listed in
Table 13 are capable of treating typical  rendering  plant  waste
waters  to  a  degree  sufficient  to  meet  the 1977 limitations
recommended in Section  IX.   In  fact,  the  data  presented  in
Section  X  show  that  at  least  three of these systems alone—
anaerobic plus aerobic lagoon, activated sludge, or aerated  plus
aerobic  lagoon—are  already  producing rendering plant effluent
that meets the majority of pollutant  parameter  limitations  for
1983.
                               98

-------
                 ADVANCED WASTE WATER TREATMENT

                     Chemical Precipitation


Phosphorus  is  an  excellent  nutrient  for  algae  and thus can
promote heavy algae blooms.  As such,  it  cannot  be  discharged
into  receiving  streams,  and  its  concentration  should not be
allowed to build up in a  recycle  water  stream.   However,  the
presence  of  phosphorus is particularly useful in spray or flood
irrigation systems as a nutrient for plant growth.

The  effectiveness  of  chemical   precipitation   for   removing
phosphorus. Figure 17, has been verified in full scale during the
verification sampling program of the meat packing industry.8  One
packing  plant  operates  a  dissolved  air flotation system as a
chemical precipitation unit and achieves  95  percent  phosphorus
removal, to a concentration of less than 1 mg/1.

Chemical   precipitation  can  be  used  for  primary  (in-plant)
treatment to  remove  BOD5,  suspended  solids,  and  grease,  as
discussed  earlier  in  conjunction with dissolved air flotation.
Also, it can be used as a final  treatment  following  biological
treatment to remove suspended solids in addition to phosphorus.

Technical De scription

Phosphorus  occurs  in  waste water streams from rendering plants
primarily as phosphate salts.   Phosphates  can  be  precipitated
with'trivalent iron and trivalent aluminum salts.  It can also be
rapidly  precipitated  by the addition of lime; however, the rate
of removal is controlled by the agglomeration of the precipitated
colloids  and  by  the  settling  rate  of   the   agglomerate.*6
Laboratory  investigation and experience with in-plant operations
have substantially confirmed that phosphate removal is  dependent
on pH and that this removal tends to be limited by the solubility
behavior  of  the  three  phosphate salts—calcium, aluminum, and
iron.  The optimum pH for the  iron  and  aluminum  precipitation
occurs  in  the  4  to 6 range, whereas the calcium precipitation
occurs on the alkaline side at pH values above 9.5.

Since the removal of phosphorus is a two-step  process  involving
precipitation  and  then agglomeration, and both are sensitive to
pH, controlling the pH level takes on added significance.   If  a
chemical other than lime is used in the precipitation-coagulation
process,  two levels of pH are required.  Precipitation occurs on
the acid side and coagulation is best carried out on the alkaline
side.   The  precipitate  is  removed  by  sedimentation  or   by
dissolved air flotation.*6

Polyelectrolytes  are  polymers  that  can  be  used  as  primary
coagulants,  flocculation  aids,  filter  aids,  or  for    sludge
conditions.   Phosphorus   removal  may  be enhanced by the  use of
                                99

-------
such polyelectrolytes by producing a better floe than might occur
without such chemical addition.23

The chemically precipitated sludge contains  grease  and  organic
matter  in  addition  to the phosphorus, if the system is used in
primary treatment.  If it is used as a post-secondary  treatment,
the  sludge  volume  will  be  less and it will contain primarily
phosphorus salts.   The  sludge  from  either  treatment  can  be
landfilled.
Development Status

This  process  is  well  established and understood, technically.
However, its use on rendering plant waste waters, normally  as  a
primary  waste  treatment  system,  is  very  limited  and is not
expected to gain widespread acceptance.   This  is  because  most
rendering  plants  do  not  have  high phosphorus levels in their
total waste waters and have  other  effective  primary  treatment
processes for BOD5, SS, and grease removal.

Problems, and Reliability

As  indicated  above,  the  reliability  of  this process is well
established; however, it  is  a  chemical  process  and  as  such
requires  the  appropriate control and operating procedures.  The
problems that can be encountered in operating  this  process  are
frequently  the  result  of a lack of understanding or inadequate
equipment.  Sludge disposal is not  expected  to  be  a  problem,
although  the  use  of  polyelectrolytes  and their effect on the
dewatering properties of the sludge are open to some question  at
the  present  time.  In addition, the use of the recovere6 sludge
as a raw material for rendering may be less desirable as a result
of chemical addition.
                           sand Filter

A slow sand filter is a specially prepared bed of sand  or  other
mineral  fines  on  which doses of waste water are intermittently
applied and from which effluent is removed by  an  under-drainage
system  (Figure  18);  it  removes  solids  from  the waste water
stream.  A variety of filters can be used to remove the solids in
a treated waste  water:  intermittent  sand  filters,  slow  sand
filters,  rapid  sand  filters,  and  mixed  media filters.  BOD5
removal occurs primarily as a function of the  degree  of  solids
removal.  The effluent from the sand filter is of a high quality.
A  summary  of  available  information  indicates  that  effluent
suspended solids concentrations of less than 10 mg/1 can be  met.
Although  the  performance  of  a  sand  filter is well known and
documented, it is not in common use in the meat products industry
because use of refinements of this type has not  been  needed  to
reach current waste water standards.
                             100

-------
A rapid sand filter may operate under pressure in a closed vessel
or  may be built in open concrete tanks.  It is primarily a water
treatment device and thus would  be  used  for  final  treatment.
Mixed  media  filters  are special versions of rapid sand filters
that permit deeper bed penetration by gradation of particle sizes
in the bed.  Up-flow filters are  also  special  cases  of  rapid
filters.
Technical Description

The  slow  sand filter removes solids primarily at the surface of
the filter.  The rapid sand filter is operated to allow a  deeper
penetration  of  suspended  solids  into the sand bed and thereby
achieve solids removal through a greater  cross  section  of  the
bed.   The  rate  of  filtration of the rapid filter is up to 100
times that of the slow sand filter.  Thus, the rapid sand  filter
requires  substantially  less  area  than  the  slow sand filter;
however, the cycle time averages about  24  hours  in  comparison
with cycles of up to 30 to 60 days for a slow sand filter.23  The
larger  area required for the latter means a higher initial cost.
For small plants, the slow sand filter can be  used  as  tertiary
treatment.   The  rapid sand filter can be more generally applied
following secondary treatment for all plant sizes.   If  a  rapid
sand  filter  were  used  as secondary treatment it would tend to
clog quickly and require frequent  backwashing,  resulting  in  a
high  water use.  This wash water would also need treatment prior
to discharge particularly if the rapid sand filter were  used  in
secondary  treatment  applications  with only conventional solids
removal upstream in  the  plant.   Thus,  its  use  is  generally
confined to applications for "polishing" final effluents.

The  rapid  sand  filters  operate  essentially  unattended  with
pressure  loss  controls  an<3  piping  installed  for   automatic
backwashing.   They  are  contained  in concrete structures or in
steel tanks.
In a rapid sand filter, as much as 80 percent of  the  head  loss
can occur in the  upper few inches of the  filter.  One approach to
increase  the  effective filter depth is  the use of more than one
media  in the filter.  Other filter  media have  included  coarse
coal,  heavy garnet or ilmenite media,  and sand.  There is no one
mixed  media design which will be  optimum for  all  waste  water
filtration problems.  As an example, "removal of small quantities
of  high-strength biological floe often found in activated sludge
effluents may be  satisfactorily achieved  by  a  good  dual  media
design.   With  a weaker  floe  strength or with an increase in
applied solids loading, the benefits of the mixed, tri-media  bed
become more pronounced."23

Although  a  mixed  media  filter  can  tolerate higher suspended
solids loadings than  can other filtration processes, it still has
an upper limit of applied suspended solids at which  economically
long   runs  can   be   maintained.   With activated sludge effluent
                               101

-------
suspended solids loadings of up to 120 mg/1, filter runs of 15 to
24 hours at 5 gpm/ft have been maintained  when  operating  to  a
terminal head loss of 15 feet of water.23

The  effluent  quality produced by plain filtration of biological
effluents is essentially independent of filter  rate  within  the
range  of  5-15  gpm/ft primarily due to the high strength of the
biological floe.  The following quality of filter  effluents  are
presented as general guides to the suspended solids concentration
which  might  be  achieved when filtering a secondary effluent of
reasonable  quality,  without  chemical  coagulation:  high  rate
trickling  filter,  10-20  mg/1; two stage trickling filter, 6-15
mg/1; contact stabilization; 6-15  mg/1;  conventional  activated
sludge  plant,  3-10  mg/1;  activated  sludge  plant with a load
factor less than 0.15, 1-5 mg/1.

Development Status

The slow sand filter has been in use for more than 50 years.   It
has  been  particularly  well suited to small cities and isolated
treatment systems serving hotels, motels, hospitals, etc.,  where
treatment  of  low  flow  is  required  and  land  and  sand  are
available.  Treatment in these applications has been of sanitary-
or municipal*type raw waste.  The Ohio  Environmental  Protection
Administration  is a strong advocate of slow sand filters in lieu
of biological treatment for small meat plants.  As of early 1973,
16 sand filters had been installed and eight  were  proposed  and
expected  to be installed in Ohio.  All 24 of these installations
were on waste from meat plants.31 The  land  requirements  for  a
slow  sand filter are not particularly significant in relation to
those required for lagooning  purposes  in  biological  treatment
processes.    However,  the  quality  and  quantity  of  sand  is
important and may be a constraint in the use of sand  filters  in
some  local  situations.   It should also be recognized that this
process requires hand labor for raking the crust that develops on
the surface.  Frequency of  raking  may  be  weekly  or  monthly,
depending  upon  the quality of pretreatment and the gradation of
the sand.  Rapid sand filters have received most attention as the
principal  method  to  treat  water  supplies.   More   recently,
applications  as  an  advanced waste treatment mode for municipal
and joint municipal-industrial waste water facilities have proven
successful.  Multi-media filters were developed for  general  use
in  the  mid  1960's  and  these  filters also have been used for
potable water treatment and final treatment of waste water  since
that time.  A summary of results using filtration on a variety of
treated effluents is given in Table 13A.


Problems and Reliability

The  reliability  of  all  principal types of filters seems to be
well established in its long-term use as a principal component of
water treatment  systems.   When  the  sand  filter  is  operated
intermittently  there should be little danger of operating mishap
with resultant discharge of untreated effluent  or  poor  quality
                              102

-------
                              Table ISA.  Effluent Quality from Conventional
                           Filtration of Various Biologically Treated Wastewaters*
Influent
Source
Activated Sludge
Activated Sludge
Extended
Aeration plus
settling
Trickling
Filter
Activated Sludge
with Clarifier
Contact
Stabilization
(raw waste
includes
cannery)
Miscellaneous
Filter
Type
Gravity
mixed media
multi -media
pressure,
multi-media
Gravity,
Sand
multi-media
mixed -media
sand
(slow and
rapid)
Filter Influent (mg/1) Filter Effluent
BOD TSS BOD
15-20 10-25 4-10
11-50 28-126 3-8
7-36 30-2180 1-4
15-130 8-75 2-74
18
(AVE)
2-4
10-50 15-75 2-6
(ma/1)
TSS
2-5
1-17
1-20
1-27
2.4
(AVE)
2-8
3-10
Reference
67
67
67
60,62
61
65
59,61
0
Trickling
Filter with
Nitrification
sand
9-28
3-7
54
     *See also, performance data in references 23, 24, 62, 63, and 66.

-------
effluent.   The  need  for  bed cleaning becomes evident with the
reduction in quality of the effluent or in  the  increased  cycle
time,  both  of  which  are  subject  to  monitoring and control.
Operation in cold climates is possible as long as the appropriate
precautionary measures are taken to prevent "blanking off" of the
bed by freezing water.

With larger sized slow sand filters, the labor in maintaining and
cleaning  the  surface  should  receive  adequate  consideration.
Cleanup  of the rapid sand filter requires backwashing of the bed
of sand with a greater quantity of water than used for  the  slow
sand  filter.   Backwashing is an effective cleanup procedure and
the only constraint is to  minimize  the  washwater  required  in
cleanup,  since  this  must  be  disposed  of in some appropriate
manner other than discharging it to a stream,  chlorination, both
before and after sand filtering, particularly in the use of rapid
filters, may be desirable to minimize or eliminate potential odor
problems and slimes that may cause clogging.

The rapid sand filter has  also  been  receiving  more  extensive
application in municipal sewage treatment for tertiary treatment;
thus,   its  use  in  tertiary  treatment  of  secondary  treated
effluents from any type of meat or  rendering  processing  plants
appears  to  be a practical method of reducing BOD5 and suspended
solids to levels below those expected from conventional secondary
treatment.
                                                  Float
or
Secondary 	 ^
Treatment
Effluent
PH
Ajustment


*>
Chemical
Addition

N

Air
Flotation
System

Partial
^"Tertinrw


Treated
Effluent
                                                        V
                                                      Sludge
         Figure 17.  Chemical Precipitation Schematic
                               104

-------
                     Figure  18.  Sand Filter System
Primary or
Secondary
Treatment
  Effluent
                                            Chlorination,
                                              Optional -
                                            for Odor Control
                                            ss
                                   to Regenerate
Treated
Effluent

-------
                    Microscreen/Microstrainer
A microstrainer is a filtering  device  that:  uses  a  fine  mesh
screen on a partially submerged rotating drum to remove suspended
solids  and thereby reduce the BOD£ associated with those solids.
Figure 19.  The  microstrainer  is  used  as  tertiary  treatment
following  the removal of most of the solids from the waste water
stream, and suspended solids and BOD5 have been reduced to 3 to 5
mg/1  in  applications  on  municipal  waste.*5  70  One  poultry
processing   plant   using  microscreens  as  tertiary  treatment
consistantly achieves a BOD5 in the effluent of less than 15 mg/1
and frequently below 5 mg/1-  The effluent  quality  obtained  by
the  microstrainer  at the poultry processing plant is consistent
with data reported by other situations  in  which  microstrainers
have  been  used  to remove solids from secondary effluents.  The
percent removal  of  suspended  solids  by  a  microstrainer  are
related  to  the size of the aperture of the screen.  Fifty to 60
percent removals can be anticipated with a 23 micron strainer and
$0-50  percent  removals  with  a  35   micron   strainer.    The
microstrainer effluent quality from a number of studies indicated
suspended  solids  concentrations  of  6 to 8 mg/1 when activated
sludge effluent was tested, and 15 to ttO mg/1
filter effluent was treated.**
when  a  trickling
Technical Description

The  microstrainer  is  a  filtration device in which a stainless
steel microfabric is used as the  filtering  medium.   The  steel
wire cloth is mounted on the periphery of a drum Which is rotated
partially  submerged  in  the  waste water.  Backwash immediately
follows the deposition of  solids  on  the  fabric,  and  in  one
installation,  this is followed by ultra-violet light exposure to
inhibit microbiological growth.  The  backwash  water  containing
the  solids  amounts to about 3 percent of the waste water stream
and must be disposed of by recycling to the biological  treatment
system.27   The  drum  is rotated at a minimum of 0.7 and up to a
maximum of U.3 revolutions per  minute.   The  concentration  and
percentage  removal  performance  for microstrainers on suspended
solids and BOD5 appear to be approximately the same as  for  sand
filters.
Development

While applications of microscreens for filtration are more recent
than conventional filters, there is general information available
on  the  performance of microstrainers and on tests involving the
use of them.  In addition to its use on poultry processing waste,
there has been a substantial increase in full-scale  applications
at  municipal  facilities.   As  with  conventional  filters, the
requirements for effluent quality imposed by  State  and  Federal
regulatory  agencies  have not necessitated such installations in
the past.  The economic  comparisons  between  sand  filters  and
                               106

-------
            Table 13B.   Performance  of  Microstrainers
    in Advanced Treatment of Biologically  Treated  Wastewater
   Influent (mg/1)
Effluent (mg/1)
Reference
BOD
15-20
10-30
-
15-25
TSS
20-25
10-40
6-54
15-30
BOD
3-5
3-8
-
4-5
TSS
6-3
3-10
2-14
3-7

23
70
67*
poultry pi
*Data from 22 municipal  installations including several  with
 wasteload contributions from unidentified industrial  sources.
Secondary
Trorttmf*nt "b
Effluent
Micro-
Screen
N
f
Ba<
(C
	 s»
:kwash
Clear
to
Screen/Strainer
Tertiary
                                                    Effluent
                 Figure 19.  Microscreen/Microstrainer
                            107

-------
microstrainers   are   inconclusive;   the  mechanical  equipment
required for the microstrainer may be a more relevant factor than
the space requirement for the sand filter at  the  present  time.
Table  13B  provides  a  brief summary of the general performance
achieved by microstrainers on biologically treated waste water.


Problems and Reliability

The  reported  performances  of  the  microstrainer  fairly  well
establishes  the  reliability  of  the  device and its ability to
remove suspended  solids  and  associated  BOD5.   operating  and
maintenance  problems  have  not  been reported; this is probably
because  of  the  limited  use  of  the  device   in   full-scale
applications.   As  a  mechanical  filtration  device requiring a
drive system,  it  would  have  normal  maintenance  requirements
associated  with  that kind of mechanical equipment.  As a device
based on microopenings in a  fabric,  it  would  be  particularly
intolerant to any substantial degree of grease loading.

                        NITROGEN CONTROL


                          Nitrification

Nitrification is the biological conversion of nitrogen in organic
or  inorganic  compounds  from  a more reduced to a more oxidized
state.  In the field of water  pollution  control,  nitrification
usually  is  referred  to  as  the process in which ammonium ions
 (NH4) are oxidized to nitrite  and  nitrate  sequentially.   When
aeration  systems  are  used  to treat an industrial waste water,
some nitrification and ammonia stripping can be expected to occur
naturally and thus  reduce  the  quantity  of  ammonia  requiring
further  removal.   This "incidental" treatment has been observed
for treated effluents from several types of meat products  plants
where  concentrations of about 10 to 50 mg/1 of ammonia have been
found while partially treated wastes have concentrations  of   100
mg/1  or  more.  Ammonia removal is becoming more important since
it is recommended that the concentration  of  un-ionized  ammonia
 (NH3)  in  surface water be no greater than 0.02 mg/1 at any time
or place to assure protection of some aquatic organisms.  Because
ammonia may be indicative of pollution, it  is  recommended  that
ammonia  nitrogen  in  public water supply sources not exceed  1.5
mg/1.39

Technical Description

Nitrification can be used to reduce the ammonia concentration  of
waste   waters.    Figure   20   indicates  a   schematic  of   the
nitrification  process.   The  equations  following  the   figure
indicate the nitrification sequence and organisms involved.
                               108

-------
Adequate  process  design and operating control are necessary for
consistent  results.   Factors  that  affect  the   nitrification
process    include   concentration   of   nitrifying   organisms,
temperature,  pH,  dissolved  oxygen   concentration,   and   the
concentration  of  any  inhibiting  compounds,*o   The nitrifying
organisms of significance in  waste  management  are  autotrophic
with  Nitrosomonas  and  Nitrobacter  being  the  major bacterial
genera that are involved.  Nitrifying bacteria are ubiquitous  in
the soil although they may not be part of untreated wastes.

Nitrifying  organisms  are  aerobic and adequate dissolved oxygen
(DO) in the aeration  system  is  necessary.   DO  concentrations
should  be  above 1 to 2 mg/1 to assure consistent nitrification.
Nitrification is affected  by  the  temperature  of  the  system.
Available   information   provides   conflicting   data   on  the
performance  of  nitrification  systems  at   low   temperatures.
Although  detailed  studies are lacking, it should be possible to
achieve nitrification at  low  temperatures  and  compensate  for
slower  nitrifying  organism growth rates by maintaining a longer
solids detention time and hence larger nitrifying active mass  in
the system.*1

The  optimum  pH  for  nitrification of municipal sewage has been
indicated to be between 7.5 and 8.5.  Nitrification  can  proceed
at  low  pH  levels,  but  at  less  than  optimum rates.  During
nitrification, hydrogen ions are produced and the  pH  decreases,
the  magnitude  of  the  decrease  being  related  to  the buffer
capacity, of the system.  A decrease in pH is a practical  measure
of the onset of nitrification.

High  concentr art ions  of  un-ionized ammonia  (NH3) and un-ionized
nitrous acid  (H NO2) can inhibit nitrification.  These  compounds
can be in the influent waste water or can be generated as part of
the  nitrification  process.   The  concentrations  of un-ionized
ammonia and nitrous acid  that  are  inhibitory  and  operational
approaches  to avoid such inhibition have been documented.  Using
these approaches it should be possible to  operate  nitrification
systems  that  produce  consistent results even with waste waters
having high nitrogen concentrations.

pe ve IQ pme n t S t a tug

    While research on nitrification  has  been  conducted  for   a
number  of  years,  most  pilot  and full-scale studies have been
initiated since 1970.  Even though there has  been  a  relatively
short  time  frame of evaluation, nitrification is already a very
readily described process for which treatment system designs  can
be  implemented.  Most of the applications have been on municipal
effluents, but  concentrations  of  ammonia  in  these  effluents
ranged  between  20 mg/1 and 800 mg/1.  Ammonia concentrations in
biologically treated effluents from various  types  of  meat  and
poultry  packing  and  processing plants have been found to range
between 10 mg/1 and 200 mg/1, or more, and thus fall  within  the
limits  of  the nitrification investigations cited below in Table
13C.  Like any other "tertiary" level of treatment, nitrification
                               109

-------
            Table 13C.   Selected Results for Nitrogen
                      Control  in Effluents
Nitrogen Control-'
Parameter(s)           Effluent
Mode
Extended aeration(N)
Clarification(DN)
Denitrification Tower
Nitrification

Single Stage (DN)
Submerged Filter(N)
Rotating Disc(N)
Trickling Filter Tower(N)
Aerated sludge and
anaerobic reactor(DN)
Breakpoint(N)
chlorination
Activated Sludge(N)
Measured Concentration (mg/1)
Total Kjeldahl
Nitrogen
Total Nitrogen
Ammonia
Ammonia

Total Nitrogen
Ammonia
Ammonia
Ammonia
Ammon i a
nitrates
Ammon i a
Ammonia
0.5-10.0
5.0
0.8-1.2
1 .7 June-
1 .9 January
3.8-5.9
0.3-1.2
1.6-2.5
1.2-1.9
0.0-1.5
0.0
1.0
0.0-2.7
Reference
57
44
44
44

44
56
55b/
54£/
50
68
69
     i/Note (N) refers to nitrification system and {DN) refers to nitrification-
       denitrification

     k/Influent ammonia concentrations range of 450-800 mg/1

     £/Range of data for 18 month period; test site in Michigan with seasonal
       data collected for approximately two weeks each season.

-------
requires more operational attention than has generally been given
to simple biological treatment,  but  the  applicability  of  the
process  to  all  types  of  meat  product effluents appears very
reasonable.

Problems and Reliability

    As discussed above, emphasis on nitrification as a  treatment
process  has  been  relatively  recent.   Except  for  incidental
ammonia removal facilities, nitrification processes have not been
specifically  applied  in  this  industry.   Water   temperature,
particularly  below  10°C, is an apparent constraint for which an
increase in sludge age  or  solids  retention  time  (via  sludge
recycle)  may  compensate.   Maintenance  of  adequate  dissolved
oxygen levels is  also  important  since  nitrification  activity
effectively  ceases  at DO levels below 1.0 mg/1.  The process is
relatively delicate and requires attentive operation.

                  Nitrificatjon/Denitrification

This  two-step  process  of  nitrification  and  denitrification.
Figure  20,  is of primary importance for removal of the residual
ammonia and nitrites-nitrates  in  secondary  treatment  systems.
Removal  of  the  above  soluble  nitrogen forms can be virtually
complete, with the nitrogen gas as the end product.  This process
differs from ammonia stripping  and  nitrification  in  that  the
latter  processes convert or remove only the ammonia content of a
waste water.  Table 13C shows a summary of  results  in  removing
both ammonia and other nitrogen from waste waters.

Technical Description

As  described in an earlier section, nitrification is carried out
under controlled process conditions by aerating the  waste  water
sufficiently  to  assure  the  conversion  of the nitrogen in the
waste water to the nitrite-nitrate  forms.   The  denitrification
process  reduces  the  oxidized  nitrogen compounds  (nitrites and
nitrates) to nitrogen gas and nitrogen  oxides  thereby  reducing
the  nitrogen content of the waste water as the gases escape from
the liquid.

Denitrification takes place in the absence of  dissolved  oxygen.
Additional  important  factors  affecting denitrification include
carbon source and temperature.  Denitrification is brought  about
by heterotrophic
                               111

-------
Secondary
Treatment
Effluent
Aeration
System


^ Anaerobic ^ Aeration ^ Tertiary
!

~ Pond ^ Cell ' Treated

Effluent
Carbon
Source,
e.g. Methanol
         Figure 20.  Nitrification/Denitrification
Nitrification:




     NH  + 02
                  N02" +
                                     (Nitrosomonas)
             0
                  2HO.
                                   (Nitrobacter)
Denitrification (using methanol as carbon source)
6H
            6N03  + 5CH3OH
5C0
                                                13
     Small amounts of N20 and MO are also formed
                                    (Facultative heterotrophs)

-------
facultative  bacteria.   Generally,  high  denitrification  rates
require the addition of a biodegradable  carbon  source  such  as
sugar,  ethyl alcohol, acetic acid, or methanol.  Methanol is the
least  expensive  and  performs  satisfactorily.    Investigators
working  on  this  process have found that a 30-percent excess of
methanol over the stoichiometric amount is required.23 29

Denitrification does not take place until  the  dissolved  oxygen
concentration  of  the  waste  water  is  near  or  at zero.  The
organisms responsible for denitrification are ubiquitous and  can
adapt to pH levels within the range of about 6.0 to 9.0.  AS with
any  biochemical  process, denitrification exhibits a temperature
dependency although within the range  of  20°C  to  30°C,  little
effect  has  been  observed.   Denitrification activity decreased
when the temperature decreased to 10°C.  Denitrification  can  be
operated  at  low  temperatures  by  designing  systems with long
solids retention times (SRT).  For  denitrification  systems,  an
SRT  of  at least 3 to U days at 20°C and 30°C and 8 days at 10°C
has  been   recommended.    Nitrate   reduction   efficiency   in
denitrification  can  be  controlled  by adjusting the SRT of the
process to assure adequate numbers of denitrifying organisms  and
adequate   denitrification   rates  as  environmental  conditions
change.

In a  sequential  nitrification-denitrification  process  (Figure
20) , the waste water from the denitrification step may be sent to
a  second  aeration  basin  following  denitrification, where the
nitrogen gases are stripped from the waste  stream.   The  sludge
from each stage is settled and recycled to preserve the organisms
required  for  each  step  in  the  process.   The  processes  of
nitrification and denitrification  can  occur  simultaneously  in
aeration  systems  in  which  both aerobic and anaerobic portions
occur.
Development Status

Although, nitrification-denitrification has not been  applied  to
rendering  processing  waste  waters as yet, the process has been
evaluated in a number of bench  and  pilot  scale  studies  on  a
variety  of wastes.*o *2 Anaerobic processes evaluated as part of
the denitrification sequence have included  anaerobic  ponds,  an
anaerobic   activated   sludge  system,  and  anaerobic  filters.
Efficient nitrogen removals from agricultural subsurface drainage
water were accomplished with an anaerobic  filter.   In  Germany,
the  successful  elimination of nitrogen from sewage and digester
supernatant was achieved by first nitrifying the wastes and  then
denitrifying  in a separate vessel.  Two and three sludge systems
have  been  shown  to  be   feasible   for   the   nitrification-
denitrification  process.** A pilot model of a three-stage system
using this process was developed at the Cincinnati water Research
Laboratory of the EPA and is being built at  Manassas,  Virginia.
Observations  of  treatment  lagoons  indicate that the suggested
reactions are occurring  in  present  systems.   Also,  Halvorson
reported  that  Pasveer  achieved  success  in denitrification by
                               113

-------
carefully controlling the reaction rate in an oxidation ditch, so
that dissolved oxygen levels drop to near zero  just  before  the
water  is  reaerated  by  the next rotor.26 31 Denitrification of
animal wastes has been evaluated  and  shown  to  be  feasible.*2
Depending upon how a biological system such as an oxidation ditch
is  operated,  the nitrogen total loss can range from 30 to about
90 percent.*3
Problems and Reliability

It would appear that there would be no exceptional maintenance or
residual pollution problems associated with this process in  view
of  the mechanisms suggested for its implementation.  For some of
the  newer  concepts,  i.e.,  denitrification  by  fluidized  bed
reactors,  operational  difficulties due to biological matting of
the carbon filter bed have been encountered in bench scale tests.
Completely mixed reactors with methanol  addition  appear  to  be
favored from the standpoints of operational control and long term
reliability  in  nitrogen  removal.   However,  a  final aeration
chamber may be required to offset increases in effluent  BOD  due
to  methanol  leakage  from the denitrification reactor.  As with
nitrification, sludge return has also been shown to assist system
stability in the denitrification mode.**

                        Ammonia Stripping1

Ammonia  stripping  is  a  physical  process  and  amounts  to  a
modification of the simple aeration process for removing gases in
water.  Figure  21.   Following pH adjustment, the waste water is
fed to a packed tower and allowed to flow down through the  tower
with  a countercurrent air stream introduced at the bottom of the
tower flowing upward  to  strip  the  ammonia.   Ammonia-nitrogen
removals  of  up to 98 percent and down to concentrations of less
than 1 mg/1 have been achieved in experimental ammonia  stripping
towers.
Technical Description

Because  of  the  chemistry of ammonia, the pH of the waste water
from a secondary treatment system should be adjusted  to  between
11  and  12  and the waste water fed to a packed or cooling tower
type of stripping tower. *° As pH  is  shifted  to  above  9,  the
ammonia
                               114

-------
is  present  as  a  soluble gas in the waste water stream, rather
than as the ammonium ion.  Ammonia-nitrogen removal of 90 percent
has been achieved on a municipal effluent with countercurrent air
flows between 1.8 and 2.2 cubic meters per  liter  (250  and  300
cubic  feet  per  gallon) of waste water in an experimental tower
with hydraulic loadings between 100 and 125 liters per minute per
square meter  (2.5 and 3 gallons per minute per square foot).  The
best performance was achieved with  an  air  rate  of  5.9  cubic
meters  per  liter  (800  cubic  feet per gallon) and a hydraulic
loading of 33 liters per minute per square meter (0.8 gallons per
minute per square foot); the ammonia concentration was reduced to
less than one part per million at 98 percent removal.   The  high
percentage  removal  of  ammonia-nitrogen  is  achieved only at a
substantial cost in terms of air requirements and stripping tower
cross-sectional area.23-
2® y.elO]2nient_ Status

The ammonia stripping process  (using both steam and  air  as  the
stripping  medium)  has  been  practiced  on  "sour water" in the
petroleum refinery industry.*6  Differences between the petroleum
refinery application and that on  rendering  or  meat  processing
waste  would  be  the comparatively small size of stripping tower
and higher pH required for  the  meat  plants,  compared  to  the
refinery.   The  air stripping of ammonia from secondary effluent
is reported primarily  on  a  pilot  plant  basis  using  various
equipment.*8   Two large-scale installations of ammonia stripping
of  lime-treated  waste  water  are  reported  at  south   Tahoe,
California,  and Windhoek, South Africa.  The South Tahoe ammonia
stripper was rated at 1U.2 M liters per day  (3.75  MGD)  and  was
essentially constructed as a cooling tower structure, rather than
as a cylindrical steel tower which might be used in smaller sized
plants.

Thus,  although  there is no reported use of ammonia stripping on
rendering or meat  processing  plant  waste,  the  technology  is
established  and implementation, when standards require it, would
be  a  possible  alternative   particularly  for  well  stabilized
secondary effluents.

Problems and Reliability

The  reliability  of  this  process  has been found reasonable in
petroleum refinery and pilot plant applications  of  the  process
over  many  years.   Although  the  source  of the ammonia may be
different and there  may  be   other  contaminants  in  the  water
stream,  this  should  not  affect the established reliability of
this process.  Among the maintenance requirements would be  those
normally  associated  with  the  mechanical equipment involved in
pumping the waste water to the top of the tower where the feed is
introduced to the tower, and in maintaining the air blowers.  The
tower fill would undoubtedly be designed for the kind of  service
involved in treating a waste water stream that has some potential
for  fouling.   Problems  with  temperature and tower scaling are


                                115

-------
also  documented.   Recent  advances   in   possible   anti-scale
chemicals  appear  promising.**  It  has  also been observed that
efficiency  losses  due  to  low  temperature  can  be  at  least
partially  overcome  by  breakpoint  chlorination, by housing the
stripping tower, or heating the water or air  with  waste  steam.
The  most  recent  advance  in  the  process  includes an ammonia
recovery step and preliminary results indicate that most problems
with stripping towers have been overcome.*i

                          DISINFECTION

The disinfection  of  domestic  and  industrial  waste  water  is
usually  achieved  through  chlorination.  While not discussed in
detail  herein,  another  disinfection  process,  ozonation,  has
received  some  attention  for  several years and may become more
popular in the  future  as  costs  (compared  with  chlorination)
become competitive and there is somewhat more widespread use.23

Chlorine,  when  added  to  waste waters, forms various compounds
including HOCl, OCC1, and chloramines.  The germicidal effect  is
believed  due  to the reaction of the chlorine compounds achieved
with essential enzymes of the bacterial  cell,  thereby  stopping
the metabolic process.  Among the conditions affecting germicidal
effectiveness  are  pH,  temperature,  contact time, and chlorine
concentration.  Residual pH affects germicidal power through  its
relation  to  the  formation  of  HOCl  which  is many times more
effective than OCCl and chloramines.

Chlorine is used principally to disinfect treated effluent  prior
to  its discharge into surface waters.  To be effective, chlorine
requires a contact time of  not  less  than  fifteen  minutes  at
maximum  flow  rates at which time there should remain a residual
of not less than  0.2  to  1.0  mg/1.   Under  these  conditions,
chlorination  of effluent from secondary treatment will generally
result in more than a 99.9  percent  reduction  in  the  coliform
content  of the effluent.  The range of chlorine dosage generally
required for disinfection varies from 3 to 30 mg/1 depending upon
the quality of the effluent.

BOD can be reduced by the use  of  chlorine.   Approximately  two
mg/1  of BOD is satisfied by each mg/1 of chlorine absorbed up to
the point at which orthotolidine residual is produced.   Chlorine
alone can reduce BOD by as much as 15 to 35 percent.

An important potential use for chlorine is to kill algae prior to
algae  removal  operations  performed  on  lagoon effluent.  Dead
algae are much easier to remove by flotation, sedimentation,  and
filtration  than  are  live  algae,  according to experience with
removal of algae from  domestic  waste  water  lagoon  effluents.
Chlorination  of  algae  laden  lagoon  effluents  requires  high
dosages of chlorine  (up  to  25  mg/1)  because  chloramines  are
formed.   Chloramines are not as effective a killing agent as the
other  chlorine compound forms in water.
                              116

-------
Chlorine is also effective in the oxidation of  hydrogen  sulfide
and  is  used for odor control.  It may be applied whenever there
is a decomposition odor problem.  In general, control will result
from the  application  of  four  to  six  mg/1  and  without  the
production of a residual.

Chlorine  is  available  as liquified chlorine, in powdered form,
and in solutions.  Liquified chlorine in 68 kg  (150  pound)  and
970  kg   (1  ton)  cylinders  is  generally  used for all but the
smallest    facilities.     Chlorination    facilities    include
chlorinators,   chlorine   handling   and  storage,  mixing,  and
detention facilities for effluent.  Since chlorine is a hazardous
substance, special safety precautions in storage and handling are
required.

Chlorination is utilized for final waste  water  disinfection  at
several  meat  products  plants  in  the  U.S., in each case on a
secondary effluent prior to direct discharge to surface waters.

                     Breakpoint Chlorination

When waste water containing ammonia is treated with  chlorine,  a
chemical   reaction    toward  the  formation  of  chloramines  is
observed.   Further  Chlorination  to  the   "breakpoint"    (free
chlorine  residuals  predominate)  converts  the  chloramines  to
nitrogen gas which is  lost to the atmosphere*

Technical Description

A detailed discussion  of the chemistry of breakpoint Chlorination
is  readily  found  in  numerous  textbooks  and  references   on
disinfection.*0  7t  In  summary,  chlorine is added  (as a  gas or
liquid) to waste waters  containing ammonia in amounts  sufficient
to  cause the release  of nitrogen gas.  For each part of ammonia,
about nine parts of chlorine are required to drive  the  chemical
reactions  from  monochloramines  through  to  nitrogen  gas.  At
proper chlorine  feed rates, a contact time of 30 minutes or less
is necessary.

Development Status

Breakpoint   Chlorination is a well understood and well documented
technology.  Applications have  centered on tertiary treatment  of
secondary  municipal   wastes, although the concept has been found
to be useful as  a "polishing" mode in  conjunction  with  ammonia
stripping.   It  appears  from  the  literature  that the process
offers a  possible alternative   for  ammonia  control  of  ammonia
concentrations   similar  to   those  encountered  in  municipal
secondary effluents.

2£2b1ems_and_ Relia bility

Under low pH  (less than  6.0) conditions, Chlorination of  ammonia
may  produce  nitrogen  trichloride which is highly odorous.   The
removal of ammonia   is  not  adversely  affected  if  it  becomes


                               117

-------
necessary  to  add  a  base  (sodium  hydroxide)  to overcome acid
conditions.  Under field conditions described in the  literature,
the natural alkalinity of the waste water being treated proved to
be  sufficient  to  preclude  depression  of  pH  below 6,0.  The
process operates equally well in the temperature range of 5°C  to
UO°C; more chlorine may be needed at lower temperatures.   Process
efficiencies consistently range between 95 and 99 percent and the
process  is  easily  adapted  to  complete automation which helps
assure  quality  and  operational  control.   Excessive  use   of
chlorine   can   result  in  substantial  relative  increases  in
dissolved solids (choride salts) in effluents.

                     Spray/Flood Irrigation

A no-discharge level for rendering waste  water  can  be  and  is
being  achieved  by  the  use  of  spray  or  flood irrigation of
relatively flat landr surrounded by dikes to prevent  runoff.   A
cover  crop  of  grass  or  other vegetation is maintained on the
land.  Specific plant situations may preclude the installation of
irrigation  systems;  however,  where  they  are  feasible,   the
economics  can be very favorable and serious consideration should
be given to them.

Technical Description

Wastes are disposed of in spray or flood  irrigation  systems  by
distribution  through  piping  and  spray nozzles over relatively
flat terrain or by the pumping and disposal through the ridge and
furrow irrigation systems which allow a certain level of flooding
on a given plot of land. Figure 22.  Pretreatment for removal  of
solids  is advisable to prevent plugging of the spray nozzles, or
deposition in  the  furrows  of  a  ridge-and-furrow  system,  or
collection  of  solids  on  the  surface,  which  may  cause odor
problems or clog the soil.  Therefore, the BOD5 will usually have
already been reduced in prior treatment  (primary plus some degree
of secondary treatment) upstream from the distribution system.

In flood irrigation, the waste loading in the effluent  would  be
limited  by  the  waste  loading tolerance of the particular crop
being grown on the land,  or  it  may  be  limited  by  the  soil
conditions or potential for vermin or odor problems.

Waste  water  distributed in either manner percolates through the
soil and the organic matter in the waste undergoes  a  biological
degradation.   The liquid in the waste stream is either stored in
the soil or leached to a groundwater aquifer.  Approximately 10.0
percent of the waste flow will be lost by evapotranspiration (the
loss caused by evaporation to the atmosphere through  the  leaves
of plants) .2S

Spray  runoff  irrigation  is  an alternative technique which has
been tested on the waste  from  a  small  meat  packer3*  and  on
cannery  waste.2»   With  this technique, about 50 percent of the
waste water applied to the soil  is  allowed  to  run  off  as  a
discharge rather than no discharge.  The runoff or discharge from
                           118

-------
Secondary
Treatment
 Effluent
    PH
Adjustment
                                                              Treated
                                                              Effluent
  Primary,
Secondary
    or
  Partial
 Tertiary
 Treatment
  Effluent
                    Figure 21.  Ammonia Stripping

— 	 	 s
Holding
Basin
N

Pumping
System
"s

Application
Site
                                                            V
                                                         Grass or
                                                         Hay Crop
               Figure 22.  Spray/Flood Irrigation System
        Partial
       Tertiary
      Treatment
       Effluent
                Backwash
                 Regenerant
                   system
                                                      Tertiary
                                                  >  Treated
                                                     Effluent
                       Figure  23.  Ion Exchange
                              119

-------
this  type  of  irrigation  system  is of higher quality than the
waste water as applied, with BOD5 removal of  about  80  percent;
total  organic  carbon  and ammonia nitrogen are about 85 percent
reduced, and phosphorus is reduced about 65 percent.32

The following factors will affect the  ability  of  a  particular
land  area  to  absorb waste water:  1) character of the soil, 2)
stratification of the soil profile, 3) depth to  groundwater,  t»j
initial moisture content, and 5) terrain and ground cover,28

The  potentially  greatest  concern in the use of irrigation as a
disposal  system  is  the  total  dissolved  solids  content  and
particularly the salt content of the waste water.  A maximum salt
content  of  0.15  percent  has  been  suggested.28  However, the
average plant should have no problem with salt, since the average
salt content of rendering waste waters is about a factor  of^ six
less than this suggested limit.

An  application  rate  of up to 330 liters per minute per hectare
(35  gallons  per  minute  per  acre)  has  been   suggested  . in
determining the quantity of land required for various waste water
flows.   This  amounts  to almost 5 cm (2 inches) of moisture per
day, and is relatively low in comparison with  application  rates
reported for various spray irrigation systems.*o  However, solids
vary  widely  in  their  percolation  properties and experimental
irrigation of a small  area  is  recommended  before  a  complete
system is built.  In this report, land requirements were based on
2.5 cm (one inch) applied'per operating day for six months of the
year  with  lagoon  storage for six-months' accumulation of waste
water.

Waste water application rates currently used by rendering  plants
with  spray  irrigation systems are less than U.O cm (1.6 inches)
water per two  weeks  for  a  six-month  irrigation  period.   If
rendering plant waste waters were being used as the sole nitrogen
source  for  corn growth, the waste waters would probably have to
contain  250  to  500  mg/1   nitrogen.    For   lower   nitrogen
cpncentrations,  the  corn  crop  would  probably  be  damaged by
flooding or  by  heavy  overwatering  before  the  corn  received
sufficient  nitrogen from the waste waters.  This is based on the
assumptions that one bushel of corn requires U5U gm (1 pound)  of
nitrogen;  that  the  yield  is 120 bushels of corn per acre, and
that the corn would require from 25 to 7t5 cm  (10 to 30 inches) of
water per season.34  This water rate amounts to  ,3.1  to  9.5  cm
(1.2  to  3.7  inches)  of water per two weeks, over a four-month
season.  Thus, treated waste water  from  rendering  is  a  small
enough  volume  so  it  can  be  used as a supplementary nutrient
source for corn rather than a sole resource of  nutrients.   Data
were  not  discovered  for any cases in which waste water treated
only by primary systems was used for irrigation. .

The economic benefit from spray irrigation is  estimated  on  the
basis  of,  raising  two  crops  of grass or hay per season with a
yield of 13.U metric tons qf dry matter per hectare (six tons per
acre) and values'at $22 per metric  ton   ($20  per  ton).   These
                               120

-------
figures  are  reportedly  conservative  in terms of the number of
crops and the price to be expected from a grass or hay crop.  The
supply and demand sensitivity as well as transportation  problems
for  moving  the crop to a consumer all mitigate against any more
optimistic estimate of economic benefits."

Cold climate uses of spray irrigation  may  be  subject  to  more
constraints  and  have  greater  land  requirements  than  plants
operating in more temperate climates.  Rendering  plants  located
in cold climates or short growing areas should consider two crops
for spray irrigation.  One could be a secondary crop such as corn
and  the  other  a  grass  crop.   The  grass crop could tolerate
heavier volume loadings without runoff and erosion and also would
extend the irrigation season from early spring to  possibly  late
November.    Corn,  although  a  more  valuable  crop,  tolerates
irrigation in cold climate areas only during the summer months.

North Star found in its survey of the rendering industry that the
plants located in the arid regions of  the  Southwest  were  most
inclined to use spray or flood irrigation systems.


Problems and Reliability

The long term reliability of spray or flood irrigation systems is
a  function  of the ability of the soil to continue to accept the
waste, and thus reliability remains somewhat  open  to  question.
Problems  in  maintenance  are  primarily  in  the control of the
dissolved solids level and salinity content of  the  waste  water
stream  and  also  in  climatic  limitations  that  may  exist or
develop.  Many soils may be improved by spray irrigation.

                          Ion Exchange

Ion exchange, as  a  tertiary  waste  treatment,  is  used  as  a
deionization  process in which specific ionic species are removed
from the waste water stream, Figure 23.  Ion  exchange  would  be
used  to remove salt  (sodium chloride) from waters.  Ion exchange
resin systems  have  been  developed  to  remove  specific  ionic
species,  to  achieve  maximum regeneration operating efficiency,
and to achieve a desired effluent quality.  In treating rendering
waste, the desired effluent quality would be a waste water with a
salt concentration of less than 300 mg/1.  Ion  exchange  systems
are  available that will remove up to 90 percent of the salt in a
water stream.*•  They can also be used to remove 'nitrogen.


Technical Description

The deionization of water by means of ion exchange resin involves
the use of both cation and anion exchange resins in  sequence  or
in combination to remove an electrolyte such as salt.
                               121

-------
The normal practice in deionization of water has been to make the
first  pass  through a strong acid column,  cation exchange resin,
in which the  first  reaction  shown  in  the  equations  occurs.
Effluent  from  the  first column is passed to a second column of
anion exchange resin to remove the acid formed in the first step,
as indicated in the second reaction.  As  indicated  in  the  two
reactions,  the  sodium  chloride ions have been removed as ionic
species.  A great  variety  of  ion  exchange  resins  have  been
developed over the years for specific deionization objectives for
various water quality conditions.

waste   water   treatment  with  ion  exchange  resins  has  been
investigated and attempted for over  UO  years;  however,  recent
process  developments in the treatment of secondary effluent have
been particularly successful in achieving  high-quality  effluent
at reasonable capital and operating costs.   One such process is a
modification  of  the  Rohm  and  Haas, Desal process.**  In this
process a weak base  ion  exchange  resin  is  converted  to  the
bicarbonate  form  and  the  secondary effluent is treated by the
resin to remove  the  inorganic  salts.   After  this  step,  the
process  includes  a flocculation/aeration and precipitation step
to remove organic matter; however, this should be unnecessary  if
a  sand  filter  or comparable system is used upstream of the ion
exchange unit.  The effluent from the first ion  exchange  column
is  further  treated  by  a weak cation resin to reduce the final
dissolved salt content to approximately 5 mg/1.  The anion  resin
in  this  process  is  regenerated  with aqueous ammonia, and the
cation resin with an aqueous sulfuric acid.  The resins  did  not
appear  to  be susceptible to fouling by the organic constituents
of the secondary effluent used in this experiment.

Other types of resins are  available  for  ammonia,  nitrate,  or
phosphate  removal  as  well  as  for color bodies, COD, and fine
suspended matter.  Removal of  these  various  constitutents  can
range   from   75   percent  to  97  percent,  depending  on  the
constituent.23

The cycle time on the ion exchange unit will be a function of the
time required to block or to  take  up  the  ion  exchange  sites
available  in the resin contained in the system.  Blockage occurs
when  the  resin  is  fouled  by  suspended  matter   and   other
contaminants.   The ion exchange system is ideally located at the
end of the waste water processing scheme, thus having the highest
quality effluent available as a feedwater.

To achieve a recyclable water quality, it  may  be  assumed  that
less  than  500  mg/1  of total dissolved solids would have to be
achieved.  Of the total dissolved solids, 300 mg/1  of  salt  are
assumed  to  be  acceptable.   To  achieve  this  final  effluent
quality, some portion or all of the waste water stream  would  be
subjected to ion exchange treatment.  The residual pollution will
be that resulting from regeneration of the ion exchange bed.  The
resin  systems, as indicated earlier, can be tailored to specific
ion removal and efficient use  of  regeneration  chemicals,  thus
minimizing liquid wastes from the regeneration step.


                              122

-------
Development Status

Ion exchange as a unit operation is well established and commonly
used in a wide range of applications in water treatment and water
deionization.   Water  softening  for  boiler  feed treatment and
domestic and commercial use is probably the most  widespread  use
of ion exchange in water treatment.  Deionization of water by ion
exchange  is  used  to remove carbon dioxide; metal salts such as
chlorides,  sulfates,  nitrates,  and  phosphates;  silica;   and
alkalinity.   Specific  resin applications such as in waste water
treatment have not been widespread up to the present time,  since
there  has  not  been  a  need  for  such  a  level of treatment.
However, process development and experimental work have shown the
capability of ion exchange systems to achieve the  water  quality
that may be required for irrigation and closed-loop water recycle
systems.

Part  of  the  economic  success  of  an  ion  exchange system in
treating rendering plant waste will probably depend  on  a  high-
quality effluent being available as a feed material.  This again,
can  be  provided  by  an  upstream treatment system such as sand
filtration to remove a maximum  of  the  particularly  bothersome
suspended organic material.  However, the effect of a low-quality
feed  would be primarily economic because of shorter cycle times,
rather than a reduction in the overall effectiveness of  the  ion
exchange  system  in  removing  a  specific ionic species such as
salt.
Problems and Reliability

The application of the technology in waste treatment has not been
tested and therefore the reliability in that application has  yet
to  be  established.   The  problems associated with ion exchange
operations would primarily center on the quality of the  feed  to
the  ion  exchange  system and its effect on the cycle time.  The
operation and control of the deionization-regeneration cycle  can
be  totally  automated,  which  would  seem  to  be  the  desired
approach.  Regeneration solution is used periodically to  restore
the  ion  exchange resin to its original state for continued use.
This solution must be disposed of following its use and that  may
require  special  handling  or  treatment.   The relatively small
quantity  of  regenerant  solution  will  facilitate  its  proper
disposal by users of this system.
                              123

-------

-------
                          SECTION VIII

           COST, ENERGY, AND NONWATER QUALITY ASPECTS


                             SUMMARY

The waste water from rendering plants is amenable to treatment in
biological  and  advanced  waste treatment systems to achieve low
levels of pollutants in the final effluent.   In-plant  controls,
product   recovery   operations,   and  strict  water  management
practices can be highly effective in reducing the waste load  and
waste  water flow from any rendering plant.  The water management
practices  will  reduce  the  requisite  size  of  secondary  and
tertiary  treatment  systems  and  improve  their waste reduction
effectivenesss.

For  purposes  of  estimating  treatment  costs,  the   rendering
industry  can  be  divided  into  small,  medium,  and large size
plants.  The plant size is based on the weight  of  raw  material
processed  per day.  This division of the industry does not imply
the need to  categorize  the  industry  according  to  size;  the
primary  categorization  criterion—raw waste load—does not vary
with size.  Total investment costs and unit operating  costs  for
waste  treatment,  on  the other hand, will vary with plant size.
Costs  that  represent  the  industry  situation  could  not   be
determined  on  the  basis  of one "typical" plant size, with the
wide range of production and waste water flow for plants  in  the
industry.   Therefore,  the  three rendering plant sizes that are
relatively closely grouped in production and waste water flow are
used to describe the waste treatment  economics  for  the  entire
rendering industry and for plants within the industry.

Waste  water treatment investment cost is primarily a function of
waste water flow rate,  cost per unit  of  production  for  waste
treatment will vary with total investment cost and the production
rate.   Therefore,  the  rendering  industry treatment costs have
been estimated on the basis of "typical" plants for each size.   A
"typical"  plant  is  a  hypothetical  plant  with   an   average
production  rate and the indicated waste water flow rate as shown
in Table 13D.

The average BOD5 raw waste load is the same for each plant  size,
as  indicated  by  the  single  industry  category,  described in
Section IV.

The additional capital expenditures required of a "typical" plant
in each size group to upgrade or install a waste water  treatment
system  to  achieve  the  indicated  performance are indicated in
Table 14.   Table  15  shows  comparative  costs  as  related  to
expanding the hydraulic capacity of existing treatment facilities
if  barometric  condenser  recirculation  is  not practiced.  The
estimated total investment cost to the industry is also  reported
for the proposed 1977 and 1983 limitations.
                              125

-------
Table 13D.  Profile of Typical Plants by Size

Small
Medium
Large
Rendering Plant Size
Ran
kg /day
<33,800
33,800- 113,500
>113,500
ges
Ib/day
<75,000
75,000 - 250,000
>250,000
Average Raw
Materials Processed
kg /day
16,800
76,300
240,600
Ib/day
37,000
168,000
530,000
Average Waste
Water Flow Rate
lit era /day
37,700
91,000
288,000
gal /day
10,000
24,000
76,000

-------
The   estimate  of  the  cost  of  achieving  the  proposed  1977
limitations is based on the following assumptions  and  criteria,
which  reflect  the  data  collected on the industry in the study
survey, and additional information developed  in  the  course  of
this study.

    o    Because an analysis of  economic  impact  revealed  that
         small  rendering plants would be subject to closure with
         the imposition of costs to achieve the 1977 limitations,
         cost  estimates  for  these  plants   (processing  75,000
         pounds  of raw material per day or less)  is included for
         information purposes only.

    o    There are about 76 medium and large plants with a direct
         discharge to streams.

    o    For purposes of total industry cost estimates all medium
         and large plants with a direct discharge were assumed to
         need to improve treatment by expanding  aerobic  lagoons
         or  comparable  cost alternatives such as adding aerated
         lagoons.

    o    50 percent of all medium and large plants with a  direct
         discharge will need to install chlorination.

    o    All plants currently have  installed  primary  treatment
         (materials  recovery  in  the  form  of a catch basin or
         mechanical skimmer/settler) and a single  lagoon  system
         of 30 days holding capacity.

    o    On the basis of water use rates, the  medium  and  large
         plants  are  distributed  as  approximately  85  percent
         achieving low  water  use  rates   (typically  about  150
         gallons  per 1000 pounds of raw material) and 15 percent
         at high rates  (averaging  about  UOO  gallons  per  1000
         pounds of raw material) .

The rendering industry waste treatment practices are estimated to
conform  closely  to  survey  data  supplied  by the industry and
specific questionnaire data for (*9 plants.  The data reveals a 15
to 55  split between plants with a municipal discharge  and  those
that   treat  or  control  their  own  waste waters.  Thus, of the
approximately 350 plants encompassed by this study, slightly less
than half  are municipal discharges, about 15 percent  achieve  no
discharge  of  pollutants,  and  over  150 treat waste waters and
discharge  to streams.  A further discussion of the  relevance  of
this   distribution  is  presented below under the heading, "Waste
Treatment  Systems."

Using  the  same assumed distribution of medium and large plants by
water  use  rate, the 1983 limitations are estimated to require the
following  additions   to   the   existing   treatment   systems,
incremental to the additions for 1977:

     o    15 percent of all plants with a direct discharge


                             127

-------
                    Table 14.  Likely Capital Expenditures by Plant Size to Meet Limitations

                               Shown For Plants with Condenser Recirculation


Small Plant
Medium Plant
Large Plant
Total
Rendering
Indus try
1977
Limitation
($)
26,500
27,000
52,000

2,000,000*
1983
Limitation
($)
53,000
63,000
119,000

6,750,000
New Source
Standard
($)
38,000
78,000
133,000


Irrigation
System Only**
(?)
5,000
14,000
37,000


Percolator &
Evaporation Pond
($)
14,000
32,000
62,000


l-o
CO
                 *Approximately 85% of medium and large plants have flows (150 gal/1000 Ib RM)

                 reflecting recirculation

-------
          (i.e.,  those at high rates of water use)  must add
          sand filters, or the equivalent;

     o    50 percent of all plants with a direct discharge will
          have to make capital improvements in their primary
          treatment facilities;

     o    12 percent of all plants with a direct discharge will
          have to eliminate direct blood drainage to the sewer
          and recover it in their product streams;  and

     o    95 percent of all plants with a direct discharge will
          have to install ammonia control (nitrification)  systems.

The costs for irrigation and for ponding are included in Table 14
to  indicate the economic advantages of both approaches.  The no-
discharge options are particularly advantageous to  those  plants
with relatively low effluent volumes.

The  investment costs for new point sources are derived from cost
estimates of treatment systems presently in use in  the  industry
based  on  the  average  flow for the plant size, as indicated in
Table Itt.

The cost  estimates  for  a  plant  to  achieve  the  recommended
limitations  are predicated upon additions to existing facilities
which are presently installed at most plants discharging directly
to streams.  The investment cost for  a  given  plant  will  vary
depending  upon the extent to which investments have already been
made in pollution control equipment.  A "most likely"  investment
cost  was  computed  for each plant size based on the cost of the
combination  of  treatment  system  additions  with  the  highest
probability of occurrence.  The most likely and maximum costs are
presented  in Table 16.  All operating and total annual costs are
based on the  "most  likely"  investment  cost  rather  than  the
minimum or maximum cost.

Tables  15,  ISA,  and  15B  are  also  presented  to  provide an
indication of the approximate cost of waste treatment for  plants
with  waste  water  volume  per  unit  of  raw material processed
equivalent to the average batch process renderer without the  use
of  water conservation or recirculation systems  (3300 liters/1000
kgs or UOO gal/1000 lb RM).  Investment costs would be higher for
such a plant.  Operating costs would increase in comparison  with
the low waste water volume plant by 18 to 75 percent depending on
plant  size and annual costs would increase by 12 to 125 percent.
The medium size plants would experience the largest  increase  in
the per unit annual cost for 1977 of 0.032/lb RM and small plants
would  incur  the  largest  increase  in  annual cost for 1983 of
0.28^/lb RMf again in comparison with the plant  using  only  1U3
gal/1000 lb RM.

The  additions  to plant operating cost and total annual cost, in
total dollars and in dollars per unit of raw material  processed,
for  the  indicated  type or level of waste treatment performance
                               129

-------
  Table 15.  Estimated Waste Treatment Investment Costs for
            Renderers with High Waste Water Volume
            (3300 liters/1000 kgs KM or  400 Gals/1000 Ibs EM)*
Plant
Size
Small
Medium
Large
•
1977
Limitations
20,700
47,600
94,000
1983
Limitations
135,000
202,000
337,000
Irrigation
System, Only
13,100
34,000
90,000
* Approximately 15% of medium and large plants are at this flowrate
    Table 15A   Total  Annual  and  Operating  Costs  for  a  Rendering
               Plant  with High Waste  Water Volume  to Meet  the
               Indicated  Performance, $/Year
Plant
Size
Small

Medium

Large
Cost
Annual
Operating
Annual
Operating
Annual
Operating
1977
Limitations
16,600
12,400
24,400
14,900
36,800
18,000
1983
Limitations
61,100
30,000
86,200
36,300
132,900
46,700
Irrigation
System, Only
6,200
4,000
9,800
4,200
16,300
2,000
                                130

-------
Table 15B. Annual and Operating Costs Per Unit Weight of
           Raw Material for a Rendering Plant with High
           Waste Water Volume to Meet Indicated Performance
Plant
Size
Small
Medium
Large
Cost
Annual
Operating
Annual
Operating
Annual
Operating
1977 Limitations
C/kg
0.39
0.30
0.13
0.08
0.06
0.03
C/lb
0.18
0.13
0.06
0,035
0.03
0.014
1983 Limitations
C/kg
1.45
0.71
0.46
0.19
0.20
0.07
C/lb
0-66
0.32
0.21
0.09
0.09
0.03

-------
are listed in Tables 17 and 18.  The  additional  costs  for  the
1977 limitations include the payroll and burden (at 50 percent of
payroll)  for  the equivalent of one-half man-year.  This assumed
cost of manpower for the treatment system accounts for between 70
and 82 percent of the annual operating cost and between U5 and 60
percent of the total annual cost.  This  allocation  of  manpower
cost  would  be highly discretionary within each rendering plant.
Therefore, the reported operating and total annual costs are very
conservative estimates of expected  real  plant  experience,  the
estimates probably are higher than what will actually occur.

The maximum annual costs per unit weight of raw material occur in
the  small  plants.   The  1977  limitations  would  add 0.35£/kg
(0.16^/lb) to the annual  operating  cost  of  an  average  small
plant,  and  the  1983 limitations would add 0.84*/kg (0.382/lb).
In comparison with the operating margin  of  a  rendering  plant,
these  are  significant  additions to their costs.  The costs for
irrigation or ponding are at least a factor of six less than  the
cost   for   other  treatment  methods  for  small  plants.   The
additional cost for the medium or large rendering plant  to  meet
the  1983  limitations  is  no greater than 0.20/kg (0.1£/lb), no
matter which treatment system is used.

The total rendering industry spent approximately $30  million  in
1972  on  new  capital expenditures.  This estimate is based on a
projection of the capital expenditures reported for 1958  through
1967  in  the 1967 Census of Manufacturers and generally verified
by  more  recent  comments  supplied  by  industry.*   The  total
industry  waste  treatment expenditures reported in Tables 1U and
15 of $2.6 million for 1977 limitations and $6.75 million for the
1983 limitations, amounting to about 8.0 percent and  22  percent
of  the  $30 million estimate, respectively.  The waste treatment
expenditures can be programed over a number of  years,  thus  the
requisite  investment  appears  reasonable  and  achievable.  The
small rendering plant is put  in  the  most  difficult  financial
position, however, this can be minimized by the use of irrigation
or ponding.

The electrical energy consumption in waste water treatment by the
rendering  industry  amounts  to  less  than  2  percent of their
current total use of electrical energy, and less than 0.1 of  one
percent of their total (heat plus electrical) energy consumption.
Thus,   in  absolute  terms  and  comparatively  speaking,  waste
treatment energy use is of little consequence.

With the implementation of  these  standards,  land  becomes  the
primary  waste  sink  instead  of air and water.  The waste to be
disposed on land from rendering plants  can  improve  soils  with
nutrients  and  soil  conditioners  contained in the waste.  Odor
problems can be avoided or eliminated in all treatment systems.
                               132

-------
Table 16.  Comparison of Most Likely and Maximum Investment,  with Condenser
           Recirculation, By Plant Size
Performance

1977 Limitations
1983 Limitations
Small Plant
Most
Likely
Cost
($)
26,500
53,000
Maximum
Cost
($)
26,500
100,000
Medium Plant
Most
Likely
Cost
($)
27,000
63,000
Maximum
Cost
($)
47,600
202,000
Large Plant
Most
Likely
Cost
($)
52,000
119,000
Maximum
Cost
($)
94,000
337,000
               Table 18,   Annual And Operating Costs  Per Unit Weight
                          of Raw Material for a Rendering Plant  with
                          Condenser Recirculation to  Meet Indicated
                          Performance


Plant



Small









Large




Cost

Annual
Cost

Operating
Cost
Annual
Cost

Operating
Cost
Annual
Cost
Operating
Cost


1977
Limitation
C/kg
0.35


0.24

0.07


0.04

0.03

0.02


C/lb
0.16


0.11

0.03


0.02

0.014

0.01



1983
Limitation
C/kg
0.84


0.53

0.20


0.13

0.09

0.04


C/lb
0.38


0.24

0.10


0.06

0.04

0.02


New
Source
Standards
c/kg
0.42


0.31

0.13


0.09

0.07

0.04


c/lb
0.19


0.14

0.06


0.04

0.03

0.02


                                    133

-------
                          Table 17.  Total Annual and Operating Costs for a Rendering
                                     Plant with Condenser Recirculation to Meet the
                                     Indicated Performance, $/Year
Plant
Size

Small



Medium


Large



Cost
Annual
Cost

Operating
Cost
Annual
Cost

Operating
Cost
Annual
Cost

Operating
Cost
1977
Limitation
16,500

11,900

16,200

12,200
21,600

14,000

1983
Limitation
40,300

25,100

42,700

26,200
62,600

31 , 300

New Source
Standard
20,500

14,700

30,600

18,800
44,100

24,100

Irrigation
System
1,500

500

3,500

700
7,600

230


Ponding
2,700

750

6,100

1,600
11,800

3,100

UJ

-------
                         "TYPICAL" PLANT
The waste treatment systems applicable to waste  water  from  the
rendering  industry  can be used effectively by all plants  in the
industry.  Irrigation or ponding with no discharge is most  widely
used  by  small  plants,  and  is  usually  the  most  attractive
treatment  option  for  small  plants.   A hypothetical "typical"
plant was determined  for  each  plant  size  as  the  basis  for
estimating  investment  cost and total annual and operating costs
for the application of each waste treatment system for each plant
size.  The  costs  were  estimated,  and  in  addition,   effluent
reduction,  energy  requirements, and nonwater guality aspects  of
the treatment systems were determined.
The waste treatment systems are  applied  on  the   basis   of
"typical" plants described in Table 19  for  each  plant size.
the
               Table 19.  "Typical" Plant Parameters for each-Plant Size
Plant Parameter
Average Raw Material
Processed, kg/day,
(Ibs/day)
Standard Deviation
of Average R. M.
Processed
kg /day, (Ibs/day)
Total Waste Water
Volume, liters/day
(gals/day)
Waste Water Vol-
ume per unit of R. M.
Processed
liter /1000 kgs,
(gals/1000 Ib RM)
Average Value of Plant Parameter by Plant Size
Small
16,800
(37,000)
9,100
(20,000)
37,700
(10,000)
2,240
(268)
Medium
76,300
(168,000)
26,300
(58,000)
91,000
(24,000)
1,191
(143)
Large
240,000
(530,000)
74,900
(165,000)
288,000
(76,000)
1,191
(143)
 The  small rendering plant generally has a lower production limit
 of about 4500 to 6800 kg  (10,000 to 15,000 Ib)  of  raw  material
 processed per day.  This estimate is based on the industry sample
 data  and  involves  the use of one batch cooker operating on two
 batches per day.  This level of operation would be at the low end
 of economic  viability.   The  sample  included  one  plant  that
 processed  about  3600 kg (8000 Ib) per day of only dead animals.
                                135

-------
This type of raw material enabled the plant to  operate  at  that
production level, however, it was unique in the sample.

Individual,  "typical" plant costs have been derived on the basis
of production characteristics so that equal emphasis is given  to
each  plant type.  Thus, costs for plants with low rates of water
use  (characteristic  of  plants  with  continous   cookers   and
condenser  recirculation)  and  with  high  rates  of  water  use
(characteristic of plants with batch cookers  and  little  or  no
condenser recirculation) have been derived for achieving both the
1977 and the 1983 limitations.
                     WASTE TREATMENT SYSTEMS

The   waste   treatment   systems  included  in  this  report  as
appropriate for use on rendering plant waste water streams can be
used, subject to specific operating constraints or limitations as
described later, by most plants in the industry.  The use of some
treatment systems  may  be  precluded  by  physical  or  economic
impracticability for some plants.

The  waste treatment systems, their use, and the minimum effluent
reduction associated with each are listed in Table 20.

The dissolved air flotation system can be used  upstream  of  any
secondary treatment system.  The use of chemicals should increase
the  quantity  of grease removed from the waste water stream, but
may  reduce  the  value  of  the  grease  because   of   chemical
contaminants.

The  biological  treatment  systems  are generally land intensive
because of the long retention time required in natural biological
processes.  Mechanically assisted systems have reduced  the  land
requirements  but  increased  the  energy consumption and cost of
equipment to achieve comparable levels of waste reduction.   Some
of  the tertiary systems are interchangeable.  Any of them can be
used at the end of any of  the  secondary  treatment  systems  to
achieve  a  required  effluent quality.  Chlorination is included
since disinfection treatment is probably necessary for  at  least
half  of  the  plants.   A  final  clarifier has been included in
costing out all biological  treatment  systems  that  generate  a
substantial  sludge volume; e.g., extended aeration and activated
sludge.  The clarifier is needed to reduce the solids content  of
the final effluent.

The  most feasible system to achieve no discharge at this time is
flood or spray irrigation or ponding.   Closing  the  loop  to  a
total  water recycle or reuse system is technically feasible, but
far too costly for consideration.   The  irrigation  option  does
require    large    plots   of   accessible   land—roughly   2.0
hectares/million liters  (0.2  acres/thousand  gallons)  of  waste
water  per  day  and  limited concentrations of dissolved solids.
More detailed descriptions  of  each  treatment  system  and  its
                               136

-------
                 Table 20    Waste Treatment Systems,  Their
                            Use and Effectiveness
 Treatment System
        Use
  Effluent Reduction
Dissolved air
flotation (DAF)
DAF with pH control
and flocculants
added

Anaerobic + aerobic
lagoons

Anaerobic contact
process

Activated sludge

Extended aeration

Anaerobic lagoons +
rotating biological
contactor

Chlorination


Sand filter


Microstrainer


Ammonia stripping

Chemical
precipitation


Spray irrigation

Flood irrigation

Ponding and
evaporation

Nitrification and
Denitrification
Primary treatment or
by-product recovery
Primary treatment or
by-product recovery
Secondary treatment


Secondary treatment


Secondary treatment

Secondary treatment

Secondary treatment
Finish and
disinfection

Tertiary treatment &
secondary treatment

Tertiary treatment
Tertiary treatment

Tertiary treatment



No discharge

No discharge

No discharge


Tertiary treatment
Grease, 60% removal,
  to 100 to 200 mg/1
BOD5, 30% removal
SS, 30% removal

Grease, 95-99% removal
EOD5, 90% removal
SS, 98% removal

BOD5, 95% removal
BOD5, 90-95% removal


BOD5, 90-95% removal

BOD5, 95% removal

BOD5, 90-95% removal
BOD5, to 5-10 mg/1
SS, to 3-8 mg/1

BOD5, to 10-20 mg/1
SS, to 10-15 mg/1

90-95% removal

Phosphorus, 85-95%
  removal, to 0.5 mg/1
  or less

Total

Total

Total'
N,  85%  removal
                             137

-------
effectiveness are presented in Section VII—Control and Treatment
Technology.

Of  the  19  plants  responding to the study questionnaire, about
one-half reported having either their own waste  water  treatment
system  or  no  discharge; the others indicated discharging their
waste to a municipal treatment system.   Twelve  plants  reported
on-site   secondary   treatment  with  lagoon  systems  or  other
combinations of secondary  treatment  processes.   Twelve  plants
also  reported treatment systems with no discharge.  Chlorination
is used by five plants, according to the data.  A summary of  the
distribution  of  the type of treatment or control used by plants
in the study survey is as follows:
                    Discharge to    Secondary Treatment    No
                  Municipal System    With Discharge

Small plants              7                 US

Medium plants             7                 53

Large plants              9                 31

TOTALS                   23                12             12
                   TREATMENT AND CONTROL COSTS

                     In-Plant Control Costs

The purchase and installation cost of in-plant control  equipment
is  primarily  a  function  of  each  specific  plant  situation.
Building layout and construction design will largely dictate what
can be done, how, and at what cost in regard  to  in-plant  waste
control techniques.  Approximations of the range of costs for the
in-plant controls requiring capital equipment are listed in Table
21  and  are  incorporated  into  investment  cost  estimates for
meeting 1983 limitations.  These cost ranges are  based  somewhat
on  plant size variation, but are primarily based on the expected
cost that might be incurred by any rendering plant, depending  on
the plant layout, age, type of construction, etc.

                  Investment Costs Assumptions

The  waste  treatment system costs are based on the average plant
production capacity and waste water flow listed previously for  a
"typical,"  but  hypothetical,  plant  of  each size.  Investment
costs  for  specific  waste  treatment  systems   are   primarily
dependent on the waste water volume.
                              138

-------
                            Table 21.  Estimates of In-Plant Control Costs
                 Plant Area
u>
so
                 Raw Materials Storage
                 Cookers
                 Air Scrubbing
                 Hide Curing
                 Materials Recovery
Item
Steam sparge and screen
for high blood contain-
ing waters.

By-pass controls on
vapor lines from
cookers

Recycle system for
scrubber water

Pipe curing waste
waters to cookers

Flow equalization tank
Equipment Cost Range
  $10,000-$15,000



  $100-$300 per cooker



  $10,000-$20,000


  $1,000-$3,000


  $2,000-$5,000

-------
The  investment  cost  data  were collected from data included on
questionnaires from rendering plants,  the  literature,  personal
plant  visits,  equipment manufacturers, engineering contractors,
and consultants.   The  costs  are  "ball  parkw-type  estimates,
implying  an  accuracy of +20 to 25 percent.  Rarely is it minus.
All costs  are  reported  in  August  1973  dollars.   Percentage
factors  were  added  to  the treatment system equipment cost for
design and engineering (10 percent)  and  for  contingencies  and
omissions  (15  percent).   Land costs were estimated to be $2470
per hectare ($1000 per acre).

The irrigation system costs are based on application and  storage
assumptions  to  take  into consideration geographic and climatic
variables throughout  the  country.   These  assumptions  are  as
follows:

     o    Application rate is one inch of waste water applied
          per operating day during six months per year.

     o    storage capacity for six months accumulation of
          waste water in a lagoon 1.2 m  (4 feet) deep plus
          land for roads, dikes, etc.

     o    Irrigation equipment includes pumps, piping, and
          distribution system; dikes to prevent all runoff
          at a reference cost of $70,000 for 21 hectares
          (52 acres).

The chlorine costs are based on chlorinating the waste water to 8
mg/1.   The  assumed  cost of 180 per kg (80 per Ib) for chlorine
results in a cost of 0.10 per 1000 liters  (0.40 per 1000 gal.) of
waste water chlorinated.

In addition to the  variation  in  plant  water  flows  and  BOD5
loadings  and  the  inherent  inaccuracy  in cost estimating, one
additional factor further limits  the  probability  of  obtaining
precise  cost  estimates  for  specific  waste treatment systems.
This factor was reported by a  number  of  informed  sources  who
indicated  that  municipal  treatment  systems will cost up to 50
percent  more  than  comparable  industrial  installations.   The
literature  usually  makes  no  distinction between municipal and
industrial installation in reporting investment costs.

Cost effectiveness data are presented in Figure 24, as investment
cost required to achieve the  indicated  BOD5  removal  with  the
typical  lagoon  waste  treatment  system  at two levels of waste
water flow.  The low flow is the  average  for  the  medium  size
rendering  plant  and  the high flow is the average for the large
plants.  The raw waste reduction is based on the construction  of
waste  treatment  systems  with  the  incremental waste reduction
achieved  by  adding  treatment  components  to  the  system   as
indicated below  (a catch basin is assumed to be standard practice
and the raw waste is that discharged from the catch basin).
                              140

-------
                                          Figure  24.   Waste Treatment  Cost Effectiveness
h-1
-P-


h-
z
UJ
o
QC
UJ
O.
z
o
§
o
HI
tr
o
o
UJ
w
i
cc
UJ
1-
X
O
ec
D-
CU






90.5 —
99 -




QK —
yo

90 ~



80 -

70 —

60 -
50 -

40 -
30 -



20 -

10 _
o











91,000 I/day
(24,000 GPD) 7
/

	 *.














I
!
i
i '
3 20 40
—i 	 	 »™

1 SECONDARY
! TREATMENT
1

,_ J
1


* 7

Z 	 288,000 I/day
(76,000 GPD)












1 nninnAi-iw -rni- n -i-nflCMT


1 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 11
60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300
                                                         INVESTMENT COST (SlOOO's)

-------
      Component                            Cumulative
                                           BOD5 Removal

* Catch Basin                                      0

* Improved Primary Treatment                      15

* Anaerobic and Aerobic Lagoons                   95

* Aerated Lagoon                                  98

+ Sand Filter                                     99*


                     Annual Cost Assumptions

The   components   of   total   annual  cost  are  capital  cost,
depreciation, operating and maintenance  costs,  and  energy  and
power costs.  The cost of capital is estimated to be 10.0 percent
of the investment cost for the rendering industry—the same as in
the  meat  packing  industry.   This  cost  should  be a weighted
average of the cost of equity and of  debt  financing  throughout
the   industry.    Neither   individual  companies  nor  industry
associations have a known figure for this cost.   Presuming  that
target  and  realized  return-on-investment  (ROI)  or return-on-
assets (ROA) figures incorporate some estimate  of  capital  cost
plus  an  acceptable  profit  or  return,  industry and corporate
reports were used as a guide in selecting the 10.0 percent figure
for the meat packing industry.  One sample of companies  reported
earnings  at  7.1  percent  of  total assets for 1971;" a recent
business periodical reported earnings at 10.1 percent of invested
capital,3* and meat packing  industry  sources  report  corporate
target  ROI and ROA figures at 12 to 15 percent for new ventures.
The 10.0 percent figure is  probably  high,  and  thus  tends  to
contribute  to  a  high estimate of total annual cost.  Operating
cost includes all the components  of  total  annual  cost  except
capital cost and depreciation.

The  depreciation  component  of  annual  cost was estimated on a
straight-line basis over the following lifetimes, with no salvage
value:

          Land costs — not depreciated

          Land intensive treatment systems; e.g., lagoons — 25 years

          All other treatment systems — 10 years.

The operating and maintenance costs for the 1983  system  include
the  cost  of  one  man-year  at  $4.20/hour  plus 50 percent for
burden, supervision, etc.  One-half man-year  was  used  for  the
annual  cost for the 1977 limitations plus the 50 percent burden,
etc.  General and maintenance  supplies,  taxes,  insurance,  and
miscellaneous  operating costs were estimated as 5 percent of the
total investment cost per year.  Specific chemical-use costs were


                            142

-------
added when such materials were consumed in  the  waste  treatment
system.   By-product  income,  relative  to  waste treatment, was
credited only in the irrigation  system  for  13,400  kg  of  dry
matter  (hay  or grass)  per hectare at $22/100 kg (6 tons/acre ,,at
$20/ton) and two crops per year.37


                       ENERGY REQUIREMENTS

The electrical energy consumption by the rendering  industry—Sic
2077, including marine fats and oils—was reported for 1967  (then
under  SIC  2094)  to be 362 million KWH and total heat and power
energy consumption at the equivalent of 8108 KWH.*  The rendering
industry  consumes  relatively  small  quantities  of  electrical
energy but large quantities of fuel.  The waste treatment systems
require  power  primarily for pumping and aeration.  The aeration
horsepower is a function of the waste load and the horsepower for
pumping depends on waste water flow rate.

Total power  consumption  to  achieve  the  1977  limitations  is
estimated  to  be  7  million  KWH  per  year  for  the rendering
industry.  This amounts to about 2 percent of  electrical  energy
consumption,  and  roughly  0.1  percent  of  the total (heat and
electrical) energy consumption of the industry reported for 1967.
The same approximate percentage  would  apply  to  current  power
consumption.    The  additional  power  needed  to  achieve  1983
limitations amounts  to  about  4  percent  and  0.2  percent  of
electrical  and  the  total  energy,  respectively,  and does not
appear to raise serious power supply or cost  questions  for  the
industry.   However, widespread use of chlorine as a disinfectant
may pose some energy problems in the future, or, conversely,  the
future  supply  of  chlorine  may  be  seriously  affected by the
developing energy situation.

Waste treatment systems impose no  significant  addition  to  the
thermal energy requirements of plants.  Waste water can be reused
in  cooling  and  condensing  service.  These heated waste waters
improve the effectiveness of  anaerobic  ponds,  which  are  best
maintained at about 90°F.  Improved thermal efficiencies are also
achieved  within  a  plant  when  waste  water  is reused in this
manner.

Waste water treatment costs and effectiveness can be improved  by
the use of energy and power conservation practices and techniques
in  plant  operations.   Reduced  water use therefore reduces the
pumping costs and heating costs, the last of which can be further
reduced by water reuse as suggested above.
         NONWATER POLLUTION FROM WASTE TREATMENT SYSTEMS

                          Solid Wastes

Solid  wastes  are  the  most  significant  nonwater   pollutants
associated  with  the  waste  treatment systems applicable to the


                             143

-------
rendering industry.  Screening  devices  of  various  design  and
operating  principles  are  used  primarily for removal of large-
scale solids from waste water.  These solids have economic  value
as  inedible  rendering  raw  material and can be returned to the
feed end of a plant.

The organic and inorganic  solids  material  separated  from  the
waste  water  stream,  including  chemicals  added  to aid solids
separation, is called sludge.  Typically, it contains  95  to  98
percent  water  before  dewatering  or  drying.  Both primary and
secondary treatment systems generate some quantities  of  sludge;
the  quantity  will  vary  by  the  type of system and is roughly
estimated as shown below.
21 £ atment Svstern

Dissolved air flotation

Anaerobic lagoon

Aerobic and aerated lagoons


Activated sludge

Extended aeration

Anaerobic contact process

Rotating biological contactor
Sludge Volume as Percent of
Raw Waste Water Volume

Up to 10%

Sludge accumulation in
these lagoons is usually
not sufficient to require
removal.

10 to 15%

5 to 10%

Approximately 2%

Unknown
The raw sludge can be concentrated, digested,  dewatered,  dried,
incinerated,  land-filled or spread in sludge holding ponds.  The
sludge from any of the treatment systems,  except  air  flotation
with polyelectrolyte chemicals added, is amenable to any of these
sludge handling processes.

The sludge from air flotation with chemicals has proven difficult
to  dewater  in  a  couple  of  plants.  A dewatered sludge is an
acceptable land fill material.  Sludge from  secondary  treatment
systems  is  normally  ponded  by  plants  on  their  own land or
dewatered or digested sufficiently for hauling and depositing  in
public land fills.  The final dried sludge material can be safely
used as an effective soil builder.  Prevention of water runoff is
a  critical  factor in plant-site sludge holding ponds.  Costs of
typical sludge handling techniques for each  secondary  treatment
system  generating  sufficient  quantities  of  sludge to require
handling equipment are included in the costs for these systems.

For those waste materials considered to  be  non-hazardous  where
land  disposal  is  the choice for disposal, practices similar to
proper  sanitary  landfill  technology  may  be  followed.    The
principles  set  forth in the EPA1s Land Disposal of Solid Wastes
                              144

-------
Guidelines (CFR Title <*0, chapter 1; Part 241)   may  be  used  as
guidance for acceptable land disposal techniques.

For  those  waste  materials considered to be hazardous, disposal
will require special precautions.  In order to  ensure  long-term
protection   of   public  health  and  the  environment,  special
preparation and pretreatment may be required prior  to  disposal.
If  land  disposal is to be practiced, these sites must not allow
movement of pollutants such as fluoride and radium-226 to  either
ground  or  surface  water.   Sites  should be selected that have
natural  soil  and  geological   conditions   to   prevent   such
contamination  orr  if  such  conditions do not exist, artificial
means   (e.g./  liners)  must  be  provided  to  ensure  long-term
protection  of  the  environment from hazardous materials.  Where
appropriate, the location of solid hazardous  materials  disposal
sites should be permanently recorded in the appropriate office of
the legal jurisdiction in which the site is located.

                          Air Pollution

Odors  are  the only significant air pollution problem associated
with waste  treatment  in  the  rendering  industry.   Malodorous
conditions  usually  occur in anaerobic waste treatment processes
or  localized  anaerobic  environments  within  aerobic  systems.
However,  it  is  generally  agreed that anaerobic ponds will not
create serious odor problems  unless  the  process  water  has   a
sulfate content; then it most assuredly will.  Sulfate waters are
definitely  a  localized condition varying even from well to well
within a specific plant.  In a northern climate,  the  change  in
weather in the spring may be accompanied by a period of increased
odor problems.

The  anaerobic  pond  odor potential is somewhat unpredictable as
evidenced by a few plants without sulfate waters that  have  odor
problems.   In  these  cases a cover and collector of the off-gas
from the pond controls odor.  The off-gas is burned in a flare.

The other potential odor generators in waste water treatment  are
leaking  tanks  and process equipment items used in the anaerobic
contact process that normally generate  methane.   However,  with
the  process  confined  to  a  specific  piece of equipment it is
relatively easy to confine and control odors  by  collecting  and
burning  the  off-gases.   The  high heating value of these gases
makes it worthwhile and a frequent practice to recover  the  heat
for use in the waste treatment process.

Odors have been generated by some air flotation systems which are
normally  housed in a building, thus localizing, but intensifying
the problem.  Minimizing the unnecessary holdup of any  skimmings
or grease-containing solids has been suggested as a remedy.

Odors can best be controlled by elimination at the source, rather
than  resorting  to  treatment  for  odor  control, which remains
largely unproven at this time.
                             145

-------
                              Noise

The only material increase in  noise  within  a  rendering  plant
caused  by  waste treatment is that caused by the installation of
an air flotation system or  aerated  lagoons  with  air  blowers.
Large  pumps  and  an air compressor are part of an air flotation
system.  The industry frequently houses such a system in  a  low-
cost  building;  thusr  the substantial noise generated by an air
f1otat ion  sy stem  i s   confined   and   perhaps   ampli fie d   by
installation  practices.   All  air compressors, air blowers, and
large pumps in use on intensively aerated treatment systems,  and
other  treatment  systems  as  well,  may produce noise levels in
excess of  the  Occupational  Safety  and  Health  Administration
standards.  The industry must consider these standards in solving
its waste pollution problems.
                              146

-------
                           SECTION IX

            EFFLUENT REDUCTION ATTAINABLE THROUGH THE
               APPLICATION OF THE BEST PRACTICABLE
                  CONTROL TECHNOLOGY CURRENTLY
           AVAILABLE—EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS GUIDELINES
                          INTRODUCTION

The  effluent limitations which must be achieved by July lr 1977,
are to  specify  the  degree  of  effluent  reduction  attainable
through   the   application   of  the  Best  Practicable  Control
Technology Currently Available.   This  technology  is  generally
based upon the average of the best existing performance by plants
of  various sizes, ages, and unit processes within the industrial
category and/or subcategory.  This average was not based  upon  a
broad  range of plants within the independent rendering industry,
but based upon performance levels achieved by exemplary plants.

Consideration was also given to:

     o    The total cost of application of technology in relation
          to the effluent reduction benefits to be achieved from
          such application;

     o    The size and age of equipment and facilities involved;

     o    The processes employed;

     o    The engineering aspects of the application of various
          types of control techniques;

     o    Process changes; and

     o    Nonwater quality environmental impact  (including energy
          requirements).


Also, Best Practicable  control  Technology  currently  Available
emphasizes  treatment  facilities  at  the end of a manufacturing
process, but includes the control technologies within the  process
itself when the latter  are  considered  to  be  normal  practice
within an industry.

A further consideration is the  degree of economic and engineering
reliability  which  must  be established for the technology to be
"currently available."  As a result  of  demonstration  projects,
pilot  plants  and general use, there must exist a high degree of
confidence in the engineering  and economic practicability  of   the
technology  at  the time of start of construction of installation
of the control facilities.
                               147

-------
    EFFLUENT REDUCTION ATTAINABLE THROUGH THE APPLICATION OF
       BEST PRACTICABLE CONTROL TECHNOLOGY CURRENTLY AVAILABLE

Based on the information contained in Sections III  through  VIII
of this report, a determination has been made that the quality of
effluent attainable through the application of the Best Practicable
Control  Technology Currently Available is as listed in Table 22.
Of the ten plants with materials recovery systems  and  secondary
treatment  systems  for which information on effluent quality was
available, two are meeting these standards.  An  additional  four
of the plants come close to meeting these standards.

Hide  curing  at  an  independent  rendering  plant  requires  an
adjustment in the limitation for BOD5  and  SS   (Table  23).   An
adjustment  does  not  become  significant,  however,  unless the
number of hides handled is quite large.

For example, an average size plant, as found in  this  study,  is
one  handling  94,000  kg  (206,000 pounds) RM (raw materials) per
day, and also curing 100 hides,  and  would  have  the  following
adjustment factors (AF):


     AF (BOD5)  =  ll_x_100  = 0.0085 kg/kkg RM  (lb/1000 Ib RM) ; and
                   94,000

     AF (TSS)   =  ll_x_100_ = 0.012 kg/kkg RM  (lb/1000 Ib RM).
                   94,000

From  Table 22 and the above correction, the effluent limitations
for this pollutant would be 0.15 * 0.0085, and 0.17  +  0.012  or
0.182  kg/kkg  (lb/1000  Ib)  RM  (a 5 and 7 percent increase) for
BOD5 and SS, respectively.  An  adjustment  for  grease  was  not
included  because  there  was  no correlation between the raw and
final waste loads for grease.  For instance, for the  six  plants
meeting  the  grease  limit   (of  the nine plants for which final
effluent data on grease were  available)  only  two  of  the  six
plants had raw grease loads less than the industry average  (which
was  0.72 kg/kkg RM).  The other four plants had raw grease loads
that were 1.5, 1.6, 4.3, and 7,6 times greater than  the  average
value  of  0.72.   Yet,  five  of the six plants had final grease
concentrations that were within a range of  2  to  23  mg/1;  the
sixth  had  a  final  grease  concentration  of  54 mg/1.  It thus
appears that the treatment system used can reduce grease  in  the
final  effluent  to  relatively  low  values,  independent of the
grease in the raw waste.
                              148

-------
               Table 22.   Recommended Effluent Limitations
                          for July 1, 1977*
    Effluent Parameter
    Effluent  Limitation
    BOD 5

    Suspended solids (TSS)

    Grease

    PH

    Fecal coliform
     0.17  kg/kkg  EM (lb/1000 Ib

     0.21  kg/kkg  RM (lb/1000 Ib RM)

     0.10  kg/kkg  RM (lb/1000 Ib RM)

     6.0 - 9.0

     400 counts/100 ml
    ^Applicable for any period of 30 consecutive days; daily
     maximum is 2.0 times values except pH and coliforms
           Table 23.  Effluent Limitations Adjustment
                      Factors for Hide Curing
Effluent Parameter   (kg/kkg RM or lb/1000 Ib RM)
BOD 5
Suspended solids (SS)  =
 8.0 x (no.  of hides)
      ( kg of RM)


11 x (np_._ of hides)
     (kg of RM )
17r ..6..x_ (no.  of hides)
      (Ib of  RM)

24.2 x (no.  of hides)
      (Ib of  RM)
                                149

-------
           IDENTIFICATION OF BEST PRACTICABLE CONTROL
                 TECHNOLOGY CURRENTLY AVAILABLE

Best Practicable Control Technology Currently Available  (BPCTCA)
for  the independent rendering industry involves biological waste
treatment following a materials recovery process for  grease  and
solids.   The following housekeeping activities will help prevent
slug loads to treatment systems and greatly assist overall  waste
control programs:

     1.   Materials recovery system—catch basins, skimming tanks,
          air flotation, etc.—should provide for at least a 30-
          minute detention time of the waste water.

     2.   Removal of grease and solids from the materials recovery
          system on a continuous or regularly scheduled basis to
          permit optimum performance.

     3.   Scrape, shovel, or pick up by other means, as much as
          possible, material spills before washing the floors with
          hot water.

     4.   Minimize drainage from materials receiving areas.
          One possibility is to pump the liquid drainage back onto
          the raw materials as it is conveyed from the area.

     5.   Repair equipment leaks as soon as possible.

     6.   Provide for regularly scheduled equipment maintenance
          programs.

     7.   Avoid overfilling cookers.

     8.   Contain materials when equipment failure occurs and
          while equipment is being repaired.

     9.   Try to prevent spills and provide supervision when
          unloading or transfering raw blood.

    10.   Do not add uncontaminated water to the contaminated
          water to be treated.
The  following  secondary  biological  treatment ' systems  should
produce  an  effluent  that  meets   the   recommended   effluent
limitations:

     1.  Anaerobic lagoon + aerobic (shallow) lagoons

     2.  Anaerobic + aerated + aerobic lagoons

     3.  Activated sludge

     4.  Aerated lagoons + aerobic  (shallow) lagoons.
                             150

-------
Plants  with a higher-than-average raw waste load or an undersize
treatment  system  may  require  a  solids   removal   stage   or
chlorination as the final treatment process.

         RATIONALE FOR THE SELECTION OF BEST PRACTICABLE
             CONTROL TECHNOLOGY CURRENTLY AVAILABLE

The   rationale' used  in  developing  the  effluent  limitations
presented in Table 24 was based upon the actual  performances  of
ten  plants  having  what was considered to be complete secondary
treatment and for which sufficient information was available.   A
complete  secondary  treatment  system would include any properly
sized system mentioned in the preceding paragraph.


    Size, Age, processes Employed, and Location of Facilities

The ten plants used for developing the effluent limitations cover
operations using different processes, equipment,  raw  materials,
and are of different size, age, and location of facilities.  Data
presented  in section IV showed that these factors did not have a
distinct  influence  on  the  raw  waste   characteristics   from
independent  rendering  plants.   Furthermore, the final effluent
data from these ten plants reveal that the raw waste loads can be
readily  reduced  by  secondary  treatment  to  a  similar  level
regardless  of in-plant operations, raw materials used, and size,
age, and location of facilities.

        Total cost of Application in Relation to Effluent
                       Reduction Benefits

Based on information contained in Section VIII  of  this  report,
the total investment cost to the independent renderer industry to
implement  the  waste  treatment  to  achieve  the  1977 effluent
limitations is estimated to be $2.6  million.   This  expenditure
will  be  incurred  only  by  the  medium and large plants in the
industry with a discharge to navigable  waters.   It  amounts  to
about 20 percent of the estimated total capital expenditures made
in 1972 by this segment of the industry.

This  capital  expenditure  is  associated  with   a  substantial
reduction in pollution discharged directly  to  navigable  waters.
Using BOD£ as a basis for calculations, it  is estimated that this
segment  of large and medium size plants is discharging about 1.1
million Ibs of BOD5 to streams each year  at  present  levels  of
pollution  control.   Full  implementation  of  the 1977 effluent
limitations for BOD£ by these plants is estimated  to  provide  a
reduction of BOD5 to approximately one-half million Ibs per year.
The   investment  cost for the 1977 limitations per unit weight of
BODJ5 reduction  amounts to $0.35 per year per Ib of  BODji  removed
when  evaluated  over  the  six year period during which the 1977
limitations are applicable.

The additional operating  cost  associated  with  achieving  1977
limitations  varies  from  1.4^/lb  of  raw material for a large
                              151

-------
rendering  plant  to  3.5^/lb  for  a  medium  size  plant.   The
estimated increase in total annual cost, which includes operating
costs, depreciation, and capital recovery amounts to 32/lb of raw
material for large plants and 6*/lb for medium size plants.

                        Data Presentation

Table 24 presents the data for the ten plants.  Included in Table
24  are the plant size (kkg or 1000 Ib RM/day), effluent flow,raw
and final waste  loads  for  BOD5,  SS,  and  grease,  and  fecal
coliform  counts in the final treated effluent.  Data for four of
the plants represent information obtained  as  a  result  of  our
field  sampling  survey;   data  for  the  other  six  plants were
obtained primarily from questionnaire information and  of  these,
data  for  three plants were verified by the results of the field
survey.  Data for plant number 7 were included, although  it  was
evident  from  visiting  the plant and the results shown that the
treatment system at this plant was not functioning properly;  the
effluent  data  were not used in determining the effluent limits.
Similarly, the test results for SS for plant number 3 were  found
to be inconsistent and were not used for calculating the effluent
limits.

The  BOD5  effluent limitation of 0.17 kg/kkg RM is basically the
average value of all available BOD5 data for  all  plants  except
plant  number  7.  The data of Table 2** show that five of the ten.
plants easily meet this limitation, while plants  3  and  5  come
very close.  It should be noted that the raw BOD5 waste loads for
the  five  plants meeting the effluent range from 0.79 to 6.93 kg
BOD5/kkg  (lb/1000 Ib) RM and that the raw waste  load  data  from
field  sampling  for plant 3, whose final effluent comes close to
the limitation, was 16.2 kg/kkg RM.  In  fact,  the  average  raw
3OD5  value for the five plants meeting the limitation is 3.13 kg
BOD5/kkg  (lb/1000 Ib) RM.  The average of all plants stuided  was
2.15  kg BOD5/kkg RM; thus even plants with higher raw BOD5 waste
loads than these industry averages can  meet  the  BOD5  effluent
limitation.

The  suspended  solids   (SS) effluent limitation value of 0.21 kg
SS/kkg RM is close to the average of all the  values  except  for
that  of  plant  7.  The values for four plants meet the effluent
limitation for suspended solids.  Also, the  raw  SS  values  for
these  four plants range from 1.45 to 6.69 kg SS/kkg  (lb/1000 Ib)
RM with an average value of 3.43 kg SS/kkg (lb/1000 Ib RM).   The
overall average for all plants studied is 1.13 kg SS/kkg  (lb/1000
Ib) RM.

The  grease effluent limitation value of 0.10 kg grease/kkg RM is
very nearly the average grease value for the nine  values  shown.
There  are  six  plants that meet the effluent limitation.  These
six plants have raw waste values ranging from  0.04  to  5.45  kg
grease/kkg  (lb/1000 Ib)  RM, with an average value of 2.30.  This
average raw grease value for plants  meeting  the  guidelines  is
over  three  times  as  great  as  the average for grease for all
plants included in the study, which is 0.72.
                             152

-------
             Table  24.  Raw and Final Effluent  Information  for Ten Rendering Plants
Plant
Number =J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Flow,
1000 liters
(1000 gal.)
454 (120
57 (15)
132 (35)
45 (12)
3028 (800)
102 (27)
2120 (560)
106 (28)
625 (165)
19 (5)
RM/Day,
kkg
(1000 Ib)
170 (374)
9 (20)
86 (190)
68 (150)
390 (860)
32 (70)
300 (660)
75 (165)
265 (583)
26 (57)
BOD Load ,
kg /kkg RM*
Raw
1.77
0.79
16.22
2.66
4.51
1.28
5.86
6.93
3.64
3.50
Final
0.06
0.04
0.16
0.06
0.18
0.27
0.86
0.09
0.34
0.07
SS Load,
kg /kkg RM*
Raw
2.81
6.96
6.69
1.45
2.42
0.65
3.50
2.77
0.80
—
Final
0.08
0.21
0.006
0.09
0.42
0.30
4.4
0.14
0.20
—
Grease Load,
kg /kkg RM*
Raw
0.04
1.050
5.45
1.070
0.920
—
1.340
3.120
1.150
0.63
Final
0.006
0.10
0.035
0.150
0.220
—
0.300
0.028
0.038
0.040
Final Fecal
Coliform**
(Counts/100 ml)

3,600
70,000
50
99 (Cl)
'
270,000
99
100 (Cl)
4,700
 *kg/kkg RM = lb/1000 Ib EM
**(C1) indicates chlorination of final effluent.
  I/  For plant  number  3,  high raw wastes  due to  malfunction in grease/
     solids  recovery system,  and  final  SS value  not  used  due to
     atypical final  settling.   Plant  number  7 was not  used to derive
     limits  due to apparent  severe malfunction in normally satisfactory
     treatment  facility.

-------
Based on the average raw waste load values for  the  ten  plants,
with  biological  treatment  systems,  these  plants must achieve
about  94  to  95  percent  efficiency  to  meet   the   effluent
limitation.

Although  from four to seven of the plants used in developing the
effluent limitations meet at least  one  of  the  three  effluent
limitations,  only  two  plants  are  known to meet BOD5, SS, and
grease simultaneously.  Another four plants meet the  limitations
for  two  of  the  parameters  and come very close to meeting the
third.

The fecal coliform effluent limitation of 400 counts/100 ml is  a
typical  value resulting from the use of disinfection.  Data from
Table 24 show that four plants can meet this value, and that  two
of those are doing so without chlorination.  These two plants not
needing  chlorination  have  large anaerobic lagoons plus aerobic
lagoons for secondary treatment.  The fecal coliform counts given
in Table 24 were obtained using the  membrane  filter  procedure.
This  method  and  the multiple-tube technique which results in a
MPN (most probable number) value, yield comparable results.

The BOD5 and SS effluent limitation adjustment factors  for  hide
curing shown in Table 23 were developed using the data from Table
11  and  the  average  BOD£ and SS reduction required to meet the
limitations.  These reductions are 93 and 85 percent for BOD5 and
SS, respectively; the values produce adjustment factors of  0.008
kg  (0.0176  Ib)  BOD5/hide and 0.011 kg  (0.0242 Ib) SS/hide.  As
discussed earlier, no adjustment was developed for grease.

For all of  the  above  limitations,  a  variability  factor  was
derived  for the relationship of the daily maximum to the average
of daily values for 30 consecutive days.  This factor  was  found
to be 2.0; in other words, the daily maximum is 2.0 times the 30-
day average.

This factor was developed by a direct comparative analysis of all
available  data  regarding  relationships  of  daily  and monthly
effluent values.  Because of similarities  in  treatment  systems
and  effluent  quality,  findings related to renderer plants were
verified  by  comparisons  with  data  on   slaughterhouses   and
packinghouses  for  which  a  factor  of  2.0  was  also derived.
Finally, the daily maximum limitations themselves  were  compared
to field sampling results and other reported daily information as
a practical check on the validity of the factor.

      Engineering Aspects of Control Technique Applications

The   specified   level   of  control  technology,  primary  plus
biological treatment, is  practicable  because  it  is  currently
being  practiced  by  plants  representing  a wide range of plant
sizes and types.


Process changes

                               154

-------
Significant in-plant changes will not be needed for any plant  to
meet the limitations specified.  Many plants will have to improve
plant cleanup and housekeeping practices, both responsive to good
plant   management   control.   This  can  best  be  achieved  by
minimizing spills, containing materials upon equipment breakdown,
and using dry cleaning prior to washdown.  Some plants  may  find
it  necessary  to  institute  better  control  of  raw  materials
drainage, blood water, and tank water  before  mixing  them  with
other  waste  waters  prior  to  entering  the materials recovery
system.  Some plants  may  also  find  it  necessary  to  improve
gravity  separation  systems.   Additional  cooling  of the waste
water before grease recovery may be required in some cases.


              Nonwater Quality Environmental Impact

The major impact when the option of an activated sludge  type  of
system  or,  possibly,  chemical  precipitation  in the materials
recovery system is  used  to  achieve  the  limitations  will  be
disposal  of  the sludge.  Nearby land for sludge disposal may be
necessary; in some cases a sludge digester (stabilizer) may offer
a solution.  Properly  operated,  activated  sludge-type  systems
should  permit  well  conditioned  sludge  to  be placed in small
nearby soil plots for drying without great difficulty.

It  was  concluded  that  the  odor  emitted  periodically   from
anaerobic  lagoons  is  not  a major impact as it can be with the
meat packing industry.8  Also, there are no new kinds  of  impact
introduced by the application of BPCTCA.
                             155

-------

-------
                            SECTION X

    EFFLUENT REDUCTION ATTAINABLE THROUGH THE APPLICATION OF
     THE BEST AVAILABLE TECHNOLOGY ECONOMICALLY ACHIEVABLE—
                 EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS GUIDELINES
                          INTRODUCTION

The  effluent  limitations  which  must be achieved no later than
July 1, 1983r are not based on an average of the best performance
within an industrial category, but are determined by  identifying
the  very  best  control  and  treatment technology employed by a
specific  point  source  within  the   industrial   category   or
subcategory,  or by one industry where it is readily transferable
to  another.   A  specific  finding  must  be  made  as  to   the
availability  of  control measures and practices to eliminate the
discharge of pollutants, taking into account  the  cost  of  such
elimination.

Consideration was also given to:

     o    The age of the equipment and facilities involved;

     o    The process employed;

     o    The engineering aspects of the application of various
          types of control techniques;

     o    Process changes;

     o    The cost of achieving the effluent reduction resulting
          from application of the technology; and

     o    Nonwater quality environmental impact  (including energy
          requirements).

Also,   Best   Available   Technology   Economically   Achievable
emphasizes in-process controls as well as control  or  additional
treatment  techniques  employed  at  the  end  of  the production
process.

This level of technology  considers  those  plant  processes  and
control  technologies  which, at the pilot-plant, semi-works, and
other levels, have demonstrated both  technological  performances
and  economic  viability  at  a  level  sufficient  to reasonably
justify investing in such facilities.  It is the  highest  degree
of  control  technology  that  has  been  achieved  or  has  been
demonstrated to be capable  of  being  designed  for  plant-scale
operation  up  to  and  including  "no  discharge" of pollutants.
Although economic factors are considered in this development, the
costs of this level of control are intended to be the top-of-the-
line of current technology, subject  to  limitations  imposed  by
economic and engineering feasibility.  However, there may be some
technical  risk  with  respect to performance and with respect to


                              157

-------
      Table 25.  Recommended Effluent Limitations
                 for July 1, 1983**
Effluent Parameter
Effluent Limitation*
BOD5

Suspended solids (TSS)

Grease

Ammonia as H

PH

Fecal coliform
0.07 kg/kkg RM

0.10 kg/kkg RM

0.05 kg/kkg RM

0.02 kg/kkg RM

6.0 - 9.0

400 counts/100 ml
**Applicable to any period of 30 consecutive days; daily
  maximum is 2.0 times values except pH and coliforms

 *kg/kkg RM = lb/1000 lb RM
    Table 26.  Effluent Limitation Adjustment Factors
               for Hide Curing

Effluent Parameter
BOD5
Suspended Solids (SS)
Adjustment Factor
kg/kkg RM
3.6 x (no. of hides)
(kg of RM)
6.2 x (no. of hides)
(kg of RM)
lb/1000 lb RM
7.9 x (no. of hides)
( lb of KM)
13,6 x (no. of hides)
(lb of RM)
                        158

-------
certainty  of  costs.   Therefore,  some  industrially  sponsored
development work may be needed prior to its application.


    EFFLUENT REDUCTION ATTAINABLE THROUGH APPLICATION OF THE
        BEST AVAILABLE TECHNOLOGY ECONOMICALLY ACHIEVABLE

Based  on  the  information  contained  in  this  section  and in
Sections III through VII of this report, a determination has been
made  that  the  quality  of  effluent  attainable  through   the
application   of   the  Best  Available  Technology  Economically
Achievable is as listed in Table 25.  The technology  to  achieve
these goals is generally available, although it may not have been
applied  as  yet  to  an independent rendering plant or on a full
scale.

Hide  curing  at  an  independent  rendering  plant  requires  an
adjustment in the limitations for BOD5 and SS.  These adjustments
are   listed   in  Table  26.   An  adjustment  does  not  become
significant, however, unless the number of  hides  handled  by  a
plant  is  quite  large.   For  example, an average size plant as
found in this study, is one handling 94,000 kg  (206,000  pounds)
raw  material   (RM)  per day, and that also cures 100 hides would
have the following adjustment factors (AF) :

     AF(BOD5)  =  S..6 x 100  = 0.0038 kg/kkg RM (lb/1000 Ib RM) ;
                   947000

     AF(TSS)   =  6-.2_x_100  = 0.0066 kg/kkg RM (lb/1000 Ib RM) .
                   94,000
The effluent limitations for this plant would therefore be  0.074
and 0.107 kg/kkg RM  (lb/1000 Ib RM) for BOD5 and SS, respectively
(a 5.7 and 7 percent  increase).  An adjustment for grease was not
included  because  there  was  no correlation between the raw and
final grease values.  For example, the six plants  that  had  the
lowest  final  grease loads  (which ranged between about 0.006 and
0.10 kg grease/kkg RM) out of the nine  plants  for  which  final
effluent  data  on  grease  were  available, had raw grease loads
ranging from 0.04 to  5.450  kg/kgg   (lb/1000  Ib)  RM,  with  an
average  for  the  six raw values of  1.91 kg/kkg  (lb/1000 Ib) RM.
Also, only two of the six plants had  raw grease loads  less  than
the  industry average  (which was 0.72); the other four plants had
raw grease loads that were 1.5,  1.6,  4.3,  and  7,6  times  the
average.   It  thus   appears  that  the treatment system used can
reduce grease in the final effluent   to  relatively  low  values,
independent of the raw grease load.

It should also be pointed out that an independent renderer should
consider  land disposal, and hence no discharge, for 1983.  Where
suitable land is  available,  evaporation  or  irrigation  is  an
option that not only is recommended from the discharge viewpoint.
                             159

-------
but also will usually be more economical than most other types of
treatment or control systems.


         IDENTIFICATION OF THE BEST AVAILABLE TECHNOLOGY
                     ECONOMICALLY ACHIEVABLE

The  Best  Available  Technology Economically Achievable includes
that  listed  under  the  Best  Practicable  Control   Technology
Currently Available (Section IX)» and a sand filter or equivalent
following  secondary  treatment.    In  addition,  some plants may
require improved pretreatment, such as  dissolved  air  flotation
with  pH  control  and  chemical  flocculation,  and  an  ammonia
stripping or nitrification-denitrification sequence.

In-plant controls and  modifications  may  also  be  required  to
achieve the specified levels.  Including, and in addition to, the
housekeeping  principals  described in section IX, these controls
are as follows:

     1.   Materials recovery systems—catch basins, skimming tanks,
          air flotation, etc.—should provide for at least a 30-
          minute detention time of the waste water.

     2.   Reuse of treated waters for operating barometric leg
          condensers rather than fresh water.  This minimizes
          net waste water volumes; for a given size of treatment
          system it permits a longer effective residence time.

     3.   Removal of grease and solids from the materials recovery
          system on a continuous or regularly scheduled basis to
          permit optimum performance.

     U.   Provide adequate cooling of condensables to ensure that
          the temperature of the waste water in the materials
          recovery system does not exceed 52°C  (125°F).  A tempera-
          ture below 38°C  (100°F) is even better.  This allows for
          improved grease recovery and, incidentally, minimizes
          odor problems.

     5.   Scrape, shovel, or pick up by other means as much as
          possible, material spills before washing the floors
          with hot water.

     6.   Minimize drainage from materials receiving areas.  This
          may require the pumping of the liquid drainage back onto
          the raw materials as it is conveyed from the area to the
          first processing step.

     7.   Repair equipment leaks as soon as possible.

     8.   Provide for regularly scheduled equipment maintenance
          programs.

     9.   Avoid overfilling cookers.
                             160

-------
    10.    Provide  and maintain  traps in  the cooking  vapor lines  to
          prevent  overflow to the  condensers.   This  is  particularly
          important when  the cookers are used  to hydrolyze materials.

    11.    contain  materials when equipment failure occurs and while
          equipment is being repaired.

    12.    Steam sparge and screen  liquid drainage from  high water-
          and blood-containing  materials such  as poultry feathers
          on which blood  has been  dumped.

    13.    Plug sewers and provide  supervision  when unloading or
          tranfering raw  blood. Blood has a BOD5 of between
          150,000  and 200,000 mg/l.s

    It.    Provide  by-pass controls for controlling pressure reduc-
          tion rates of cookers after hydrolysis.  Cooker agitation
          may have to be  stopped also,  during  cooker pressure bleed-
          down to  prevent or minimize material carry-over.

    15.    Minimize water  use for scrubbers by  recycling and reuse.

    16.    Evaporate tank  water  to  "stick"  and  use as tankage in
          dry inedible rendering.

    17.    Do not add uncontaminated water  to the contaminated water
          to be treated.

    18.    By-pass  the materials recovery process with low grease-
          bearing  waste waters.

    19.    Provide  for flow equalization (constant flow with time)
          through  the materials recovery system.

    20.    Eliminate hide  curing waste waters by mixing small volumes
          with large volumes of raw materials  being  fed to cookers.

If  suitable  land  is  available,  land  disposal   is  the  best
technology; it is  no discharge.  However,  secondary  treatment may
still  be  required  before  disposal  of   waste waters to soil,
although the degree of treatment need not be  the   same  as  that
required  to  meet the 1977 limitations (Section IX).  Any of the
systems mentioned  in Section IX are suitable.

Currently a number of independent  rendering plants  are  achieving
no  discharge  via  land   irrigation,  ponding,  and discharge to
septic tanks followed by  subsoil drainage  (drain fields or  large
cesspools).   Some  plants  use  two of the above  technologies to
achieve no discharge.  For example, evaporation and   ponding  may
be  used  for  disposal  of  wash  water  and  drainage  from raw
materials receiving areas, and  septic  tanks  followed  by  drain
fields  for disposal of condensables.  This method  of disposal of
condensables also helps to contain the associated odor problem.
                             161

-------
          RATIONALE FOR SELECTION OF THE BEST AVAILABLE
               TECHNOLOGY ECONOMICALLY ACHIEVABLE

The rationale used in developing the  1983  effluent  limitations
presented  in  Table  25  was  based upon the performances of ten
waste treatment systems and information contained in Sections III
through VII.  The ten treatment systems  were  considered  to  be
complete  secondary treatment systems.  In addition, chlorination
was being used by two of the ten plants.


    Size, Age, Processes Employed, and Location of Facilities

The ten plants used for developing the effluent limitations cover
operations using different processes, equipment,  raw  materials,
and  are  of  different sizes, ages, and locations of facilities.
Data presented in Section IV showed that  these  factors  do  not
have  a  distinct influence on the raw waste characteristics from
independent rendering plants.

The final effluent data from these ten plants reveal that the raw
waste loads can be substantially reduced by  secondary  treatment
to  a  similar  level  regardless  of  in-plant  operations,  raw
materials used, and size, age, and location of  facilities.   The
levels  to  which  secondary  treatment  can reduce the raw waste
loads will be sufficient to allow  the  effluent  from  secondary
treatment  to  meet  effluent  limitations  for  a  number of the
pollutants for 1983; however, some type of tertiary treatment may
be needed to ensure  that  others  will  consistently  meet  1983
standards.

                        Data Presentation

Table 27 presents the data for the ten plants.  Included in Table
27A  are  the  plant size  (kkg or 1000 Ib RM/day), effluent flow,
raw and final waste loads for BOD5_, SS,  and  grease,  and  fecal
coliform  counts  in  the  final  treated  effluent.   Table  27B
includes raw  and  final  waste  load  data  for  total  Kjeldahl
nitrogen  (TKN) ,  ammonia  (NH3), nitrates (NO3), nitrites  (NO2),
and total phosphorus (Tp).  Data for four of the plants in  Table
27A  represent  information  obtained  as  a  result of our field
sampling survey; data  for  the  other  six  plants  listed  were
obtained  primarily from questionnaire information, and of these,
data for three plants were verified by the results of  the  field
survey.   The  data  included in Table 27B were all obtained from
the results of the field sampling survey.  Data for plant  number
7   were  included  because  the  components  of  a  satisfactory
treatment facility were in place, although it  was  evident  from
visiting  the  plant and from the results shown in the table that
the treatment system at this plant was not functioning properly.

The BOD5 effluent limitation of 0.07 kg/kkg RM  (0.07  lb/1000  Ib
RM)  is  a  value  being met by four of the ten plants (See Table
27A.)  Two of the four plants meeting this limit have  raw  waste
                              162

-------
                  Table 27.   Raw and Final Effluent Information for Ten Rendering Plants

                             Table 27A.   Flow,  RM/Day,  Final Fecal Coliform,
                                         and  EOD,  SS,  and  Grease  Waste Loads
Plant
Number i>
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Flow
1000 liters
(1000 gal.)
454 (120)
57 (15)
132 (35)
45 (12)
3028 (800)
102 (27)
2120 (560)
106 (28)
625 (165)
19 (5)
RM/Day
kkg
(1000 Ib)
170 (374)
9 (20)
86 (190)
68 (150)
390 (860)
32 (70)
300 (660)
75 (165)
265 (583)
26 (57)
BOD5 Load,
kg/kke RM*
Raw
1.77
0.79
16.22
2.66
4.51
1.28
5.86
6.93
3.64
3.50
Final
0.06
0.04
0.16
0.06
0.18
0.27
0.86
0.09
0.34
0.07
SS Load,
kg/kkg RM*
Raw
2.81
6.96
6.69
1.45
2.42
0.65
3.50
2.77
0.80
—
Final
0.08
0.21
0.006
0.09
0.42
0.30
4.4
0.14
0.20
—
Greas,* Load,
kg/kkg RM*
Raw
0.04
1.050
5.45
1.070
0.920
—
1.340
3.120
1.150
0.63
Final
0.006
0.10
0.035
0.150
0.220
—
0.300
0.028
0.038
0.040
Final Fecal
Coliform**
(Counts/100 ml)
_
3,600
70,000
50
99 (Cl)
—
270,000
99
100 (Cl)
4,700
 *kg/kkg RM = pounds/1000 pounds RM
A*(C1)  indicates chlorination of final effluent.
     _!/ For plant  number 3,  high raw wastes due to malfunction in grease/
        solids recovery system,  and final SS value not used due to
        atypical final settling.  Plant number 7 was not used to derive
        limits due to apparent severe malfunction in normally satisfactory
        treatment  facility.

-------
                Table  27.  Raw and Final Effluent Information for Ten Rendering Plants
                           (Continued)
                           Table 27B.  TKN, NH-, N02, N03 and TP Waste Loads
Plant
Number
1
2
3
4
5
6*
7
8
9
10
Total
Kjeldahl
Nitrogen
Load as N
kg/kkg RM
Raw
0.49
0.38
0.94
0.38
0.44
—
1.2
0.33
0.82
0.23
Final
0.03
0.02
0.27
0.034
0.30
—
1.92
0.35
0.32
0.08
Ammonia
Load as N
kg/kkg RM
Raw
0.26
0.17
0.08
0.19
0.30
—
0.66
0.14
0.29
0.18
Final
0.001
0.005
0.26
0.0086
0.16
—
0.53
0.11
0.11
0.044
Nitrite
Load as N
kg/kkg RM
Raw
0.04
0.0001
0.0003
0.00002
0.0004
—
0.00036
0.00007
0.00079
0.0013
Final
0.001
0.008
0.00015
0.00005
0.0002
—
0.00036
0.00009
0.0013
0.00004
Nitrate
Load as tf
kg/kkg RM
Raw
0.06
0.0001
0.0014
0.0015
0.0001
—
0.012
0.0015
0.018
0.0075
Final
0.0004
0.001
0.0024
0.00068
0.0001
—
0.012
0.0018
0.0077
. 0.001
Total
Phosphorus
Load as P
kg/kkg RM
Raw
0.01
0.013
0.08
0.031
0.062
—
0.28
0.04
0.04
0.023
Final
0.029
0.001
0,046
0.014
0.08
—
0.26
0.029
0.024
0.013
*Nutrient values for this
 Part A of this table for
plant are missing because the plant was not sampled.   The values shown in
this plant were obtained from the questionnaire.

-------
BOD5  loads greater than the industry average of 2.15 kg BOD5/kkg
RM.  Thus, it appears that a well  operated  and  properly  sized
secondary  treatment  system  can produce an effluent with a BOD£
load that will meet the 1983 limitation.  The BOD5 effluent limit
value  of  0.07  kg/kkg  RM  corresponds  to  a  final   effluent
concentration  of  56 mg/1 for plants with low rates of water use
(150 gal/1000 Ibs RM) and about 21 mg/1 for  plants  with  higher
rates  of  water use  (UOO gal/1000 Ibs RM).  A BOD5 concentration
as low as 21 mg/1 usually means that the  majority  of  the  BODJ5
remaining is contained in the suspended solids.  In fact, this is
supported  by the results of a correlation analysis between final
BOD5  and  suspended  solids  waste  loads  that  showed  a  high
correlation between the two—the correlation coefficient was 0.87
(a   coefficient   of   1   would   be  a  perfect  correlation).
Consequently, to ensure that the final effluent from plants  with
higher  water  use rates will meet the 1983 BOD5 limit during all
periods of discharge may require the use of a sand filter or  its
equivalent to reduce the remaining SS and thus the BOD5.

The  suspended  solids   (SS)  effluent  limitation  value of 0.10
kg/kkg RM  (0.10 lb/1000 Ib RM) is currently being met by three of
the nine plants with secondary  treatment  for  which  there  are
data.   These three plants all have raw SS loads greater than the
industry average, which is 1.13 kg/kkg RM, as shown in  Table  6.
As  mentioned  in  the  above  paragraph,  a  sand  filter or its
equivalent will be required to remove SS and hence to  lower  the
BOD5.   This  should  therefore  permit all plants to meet the SS
limitation  value.   The  SS  limit,  corresponds  to   a   final
concentration  for  SS  of  80  mg/1 for plants with low rates of
water use and about 30 mg/1 for  plants  with  higher  water  use
rates.   This  latter concentration is a readily achievable limit
for SS removal via a sand filter.   (See Section VII.)

The grease limit of 0.05 kg/kkg  RM   (0.05  lb/1000  Ib  RM)  was
chosen  because  five  of  nine plants for which grease data were
available  (See Table 27A.) met this limit.  This limit should not
be difficult to achieve via secondary treatment; four of the five
plants meeting  the  limit  had  raw  grease  loads  considerably
greater than the industry average of 0.72 kg grease/kkg RM.


The ammonia limit of 0.02 kg NHl as N/kkg RM  (0.02 lb/1000 Ib RM)
is  being  met  by  three  plants  that  are  showing substantial
reduction in Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen.  The  reason  for  this  is
that  the  TKN value, which is the sum of the organic and ammonia
nitrogen, is largely caused by ammonia in the final effluent,  as
can  be  seen  in Table 27B.  Thus, the same steps that are being
used to reduce the TKN value will also help to reduce the ammonia
value,  of course, the  best  approach  to  this  problem  is  to
eliminate or reduce the sources, one of which is blood.

With  respect  to  treatment  itself,  most plants should find it
advantageous  to  utilize  nitrification  processes  for  ammonia
control.  Treatment concepts such as modifications of single cell
activated  sludge  or  extended aeration systems would apply.  In
                              165

-------
addition  to  the  removal  of  ammonia,  these  systems  include
clarification  with  sludge return and thus are likely to obviate
the  need  for  final  filtration  to  meet  the  BOD5  and   TSS
limitations.    In   concentration   units,   the  BOD5  and  TSS
limitations are well within the range achieved  by  nitrification
systems.

The  pH limits of from 6.0 to 9.0 are not expected to require any
special control since all plants for which there were  data  have
effluents with pH in this range.

The  fecal  coliform  effluent limitation of 100 counts/100 ml is
the same as for the 1977 limits.  Data from Table 27A?: show  that
four  plants can meet this value, and that two of those are doing
so without chlorination.  The two plants not needing chlorination
have large anaerobic lagoons plus aerobic lagoons  for  secondary
treatment.   The  fecal  coliform  counts given in T^ble 27A were
obtained using the membrane filter procedure.   This1  method  and
the multiple-tube technique which results in a MPN {most probable
number) value, yield comparable results.

      Engineering Aspects of Control Technique Applications

The   specified   level  of  control  technology,  primary,  plus
secondary, plus tertiary (which will generally include  at  least
the  addition of nitrification systems or its equivalent if it is
needed), is achievable;  a  number  of  plants  without  tertiary
treatment  are  currently  meeting  the limits for the individual
waste parameters as previously mentioned.  In fact, one plant  is
currently  meeting all waste parameter limits, and several others
are  meeting  the  majority.   Tertiary  treatment  is  required,
however,  to  permit  all  plants  to  meet  the  limits  for all
pollutants.  The  specified  tertiary  treatment  is  practicable
because it is currently being used in many other applications for
waste water treatment.
                         Process changes

Most  plants will find it necessary to make in-plant improvements
to  meet  the  1983  limitations.   This  will  not  require  any
substantial  process  changes  per  se^ rather, this will involve
improved  plant  cleanup   and   housekeeping   practices,   both
responsive  to  good plant management control.  This will include
minimizing spills, containing materials upon equipment breakdown,
using drycleaning prior to washdown, and  additional  cooling  of
the  waste  waters  before the materials recovery system.  Still,
some plants may find it necessary to control drainage from trucks
and raw materials, blood  waters,  tank  water,  and  hide-curing
waste  waters.  Specific suggestions on controlling these sources
of waste water were made earlier in this  section.   Some  plants
may  also  find  it  necessary  to improve the materials recovery
system or  replace  it  with  an  improved  system  such  as  air
flotation with chemical precipitation.
                             166

-------
                     Nonwater Quality Impact

The  major  impact  will  occur  when the land disposal option is
chosen.  There is a potential long-term effect on the  soil  from
irrigation  of  rendering plant waste water and on ground waters.
To date, impacts have been generally obviated  by  careful  water
application  management  and  by  biological  treatment  prior to
disposal.

The electrical  energy  consumption  attributable  to  the  waste
treatment  facilities  required  to  achieve  the  1983  effluent
limitations is estimated to be 15 million KWh per  year  for  the
rendering  industry.   This is equivalent to about 0.2 percent of
the total energy, including  heat  and  power,  consumed  by  the
industry  in  1967.   it  amounts  to  about  4  percent  of  the
electrical energy consumed in  1967*   This  increase  in  energy
consumption  does  not  appear  to  raise  serious supply or cost
problems for the Tenderers.

Otherwise, the effects will essentially  be  those  described  in
Section  IX,  where it was concluded that no new kinds of impacts
would be introduced.
                              167

-------

-------
                           SECTION XI

                NEW SOURCE PERFORMANCE STANDARDS


                          INTRODUCTION

The effluent limitations that must be achieved by new sources are
termed  New  Source  Performance  Standards.   The   New   Source
Performance  Standards apply to any source for which construction
starts after the publication of the proposed regulations for  the
Standards.   The  Standards  are  determined  by  adding  to  the
consideration  underlying  the   identification   of   the   Best
Practicable  Control Technology Currently Available, a determina-
tion of what higher levels of  pollution  control  are  available
through the use of improved production processes and/or treatment
techniques.   Thus,  in addition to considering the best in-plant
and end-of-process control  technology.  New  Source  Performance
Standards  are  based on an analysis of how the level of effluent
may  be  reduced  by  changing  the  production  process  itself.
Alternative  processes,  operating methods, or other alternatives
are considered.  However, the end result of the  analysis  is  to
identify  effluent  standards  which  reflect  levels  of control
achievable through the use of improved production  processes  (as
well as control technology), rather than prescribing a particular
type  of process or technology which must be employed.  A further
determination is made as to  whether  a  standard  permitting  no
discharge of pollutants is practicable.

Consideration was also given to:

     o    Operating methods;

     o    Batch, as opposed to continuous, operations;

     o    process employed;

     o    Plant size; and

     o    Recovery of pollutants as by-products.


                  EFFLUENT REDUCTION ATTAINABLE
                         FOR NEW SOURCES

The  effluent  limitations  for new sources are the same as those
for the Best Practicable control Technology  Currently  Available
for  the  pollutants  BOD5, SS, grease, and fecal coliform.   (See
Section IX.)  In addition  to  these  pollutant  parameters,  the
following  additional  limits  on  nutrients are required for new
sources:
                               169

-------
            Effluent Parameter
  Effluent Limitation
kq/kkq  (Ib/lOOQ lb)"JM
            Ammonia as
          0.17
These limitations are readily   achievable  in  newly  constructed
plants  since  a  number  of   existing  well  operated plants are
meeting them.  (For the actual data,  see  Section  X.)    However,
the  guidelines  for  the   Best Available Technology Economically
Achievable should be kept in mind;  it may be a practical approach
to  design  a  plant  which approaches  the   1983   guidelines.
Consideration  should also  be  given to land disposal, which is no
discharge; in many cases this  will  be  the  most  attractive  and
economical  option,  particularly  for  small  rendering  plants.
Table 28 shows the estimated costs  for new sources (assuming  low
water use rates of 150 gallons/1000 pounds RM) to achieve the new
source performance standards,

                  Table 28.   Investment and Operating Costs
                            for  New Source Performance Standards*

Plant Size
Small
Medium
Large
Waste Water Treatment System Costs
Investment
Cost
$
78,000
148,000
220,000
Annual Cost Operating
Total
$/yr
32,125
50,025
70,725
*/kg
tt/lb)
0.67
(0.31)
0.26
(0.12)
0.12
(0.05)
Total
$/yr
19,325
25,425
33,325
Cost
*/kg
U/lb)
0.40
(0.18)
0.13
(0.06)
0.06
(0.03)
       *Note:   Based upon a treatment system of catch basin with skimmer,
              anaerobic-aerated-aerobic lagoons, ammonia control
              (nitrification) and disinfection.
         Identification of New Source Control Technology

The control technology is the same as that identified as the  Best
Practicable Control Technology currently Available.  (See Section
IX.)  However,   certain  steps that will be necessary to meet the
1983  guidelines  should  be  considered  and,  where   possible,
incorporated.   These include:

     o    Segregation of drainage from trucks and raw materials,
          hide  curing waste, blood water, and tank water from
          other waste waters for special treatment.  This special
          treatment may be used to eliminate these wastes by  adding
          them  to the raw material as it enters a cooker or by
          evaporating them down to a point where they can be
          used  as tankage for dry inedible rendering.  Another
                                170

-------
     special treatment method would be to steam sparge and
     screen some wastes before combining them with other
     waste waters.  Of course, the formal methods are the
     best for lowering the raw waste load and particularly
     the TKN and ammonia loads.

o    Materials recovery systems—catch basins, skimming tanks,
     air flotation, etc.—should provide for at least a 30-
     minute detention time of the waste water.

o    Reuse of treated waters for operating barometric leg
     condensers rather than fresh water.  This minimizes
     net waste water volumes for a given size of treatment
     system and permits a longer effective residence time.

o    Removal of grease and solids from the materials recovery
     system on a continuous or regularly scheduled basis to
     permit optimum performance,

o    Provide adequate cooling of condensables to ensure that
     the temperature of the waste water in the materials
     recovery system does not exceed 52°C (125°F) .  A tempera-
     ture below 38°C  (100°F) is even better.  This allows for
     improved grease recovery, and minimizes octor problems.

o    Scrape, shovel, or pick up by other means as much as
     possible, of material spills before washing the floors
     with hot water.

o    Repair equipment leaks as soon as possible.

o    Provide for regularly scheduled equipment maintenance
     programs.

o    Avoid overfilling cookers.

o    Provide and maintain traps in the cooking vapor lines
     to prevent overflow to the condensers.  This is
     particularly important when the cookers are used to
     hydrolyze materials.

o    Contain materials when equipment failure occurs and
     while equipment is being repaired.

o    Plug sewers and provide supervision when unloading or
     transfering raw blood.

o    Provide by-pass controls for controlling pressure
     reduction rates of cookers after hydrolysis.  Cooker
     agitation may have to be stopped also, during cooker
     pressure bleed-down to prevent or minimize material
     carry-over.

o    Minimize water use for scrubbers by recycling and reuse.
                          171

-------
     o    Do not add uncontaminated water to the contaminated
          water to be treated.

     o    By-pass the materials recovery process with low grease-
          bearing waste waters.

     o    Provide for flow equalization (constant flow with time)
          through the materials recovery system.

In addition, the following end-of-process treatments should be
considered.

     o    Land disposal (irrigation, evaporation) wherever possible;
          this should be a prime consideration, especially for
          economic reasons.

     o    Sand filter or equivalent for polishing the effluent
          from secondary treatment.


              Rationale for Selection of New Source
                      Performance Standards

The  BOD5, SS, grease, and fecal coliform limits are discussed in
Section  IX  on  the  rationale  for  Best  Practicable   Control
Technology currently Available.


The  ammonia limit of 0,17 kg/kkg RM is the average ammonia value
for the nine plants whose data are presented in Section  X.   Six
of  those nine plants meet this limit.  Three are not meeting the
limit because of poor practices:   two  were  allowing  too  much
blood  to  enter  the  sewer,  and the third was adding nutrients
(such as paunch manure) to the system to help sustain  a  natural
scum  layer   (cover)  on  the anaerobic lagoon.  A total Kjeldahl
nitrogen  (TKN) limit was not established because the majority  of
the  TKN  in the effluent is ammonia  (the rest, organic nitrogen)
and restricting  ammonia  will  restrict  the  TKN  load  in  the
effluent.


                    Pretreatment Requirements

No  constituents  of  the effluent discharged from a plant within
the rendering industry have  been  found  which  would  interfere
with,  pass  through,  or  otherwise  be incompatible with a well
designed  and  operated  publicly-owned   activated   sludge   or
trickling  filter  waste  water  treatment  plant.  The effluent,
however, should have passed through materials  recovery   (primary
treatment)  in  the plant to remove settleable solids and a large
portion  of  the  grease.   The   concentration   of   pollutants
acceptable  to  the  treatment plant is dependent on the relative
sizes of the treatment facility  and  the  effluent  volume  from
independent  rendering  plants  and  must  be  established by the
treatment facility.  It is possible that grease  remaining in  the


                              172

-------
rendering effluent will cause difficulty in the treatment system;
trickling   filters  appear  to  be  particularly  sensitive.   A
concentration of 100 mg/1 is often cited as a limit, and this may
require an effective air flotation  system  in  addition  to  the
usual  catch basins.  If the waste strength in terms of BOD5 must
be further reduced, various  components  of  secondary  treatment
systems  can  be used such as anaerobic contact, aerated lagoons,
etc., as pretreatment.
                               173

-------
                                TABLE 29

                             METRIC TABLE

                           CONVERSION TABLE

MULTIPLY {ENGLISH UNITS)                   by                TO OBTAIN (METRIC UNITS)

    ENGLISH UNIT      ABBREVIATION    CONVERSION   ABBREVIATION   METRIC UNIT
acre                    ac
acre - feet             ac ft
British Thermal
 Unit      -            BTU
British Thermal
  Unit/pound            BTU/lb
cubic feet/minute       cfm
cubic feet/second       cfs
cubic feet              cu ft
cubic feet              cu ft
cubic inches            cu in
degree Fahrenheit       °F
feet                    ft
gallon                  gal
gallon/minute           gpm
horsepower              hp
inches                  in
inches of mercury       in Hg
pounds                  Ib
million gallons/day     mgd
mile                    mi
pound/square
  inch (gauge)          psig
square feet             sq ft
square inches           sq in
ton (short)             ton
yard                    yd
* Actual conversion, not a multiplier
0.405
1233.5
0.252
0.555
0.028
1.7
0.028
28.32
16.39
0.555(°F-32)*
0.3048
3.785
0.0631
0.7457
2.54
0.03342
0.454
3,785
1.609
(0.06805 psig +1)*
0.0929
6.452
0.907
0.9144
ha
cu m
kg cal
kg cal/kg
cu m/min
cu m/min
cu m
1
cu cm
°C
m
1
I/ sec
kw
cm
atm
kg
cu m/day
km
atm
sq m
sq cm
kkg
m
hectares
cubic meters

kilogram - calories

kilogram calories/kilogram
cubic meters/minute
cubic meters/minute
cubic meters
1i ters
cubic centimeters
degree Centigrade
meters
1i ters
liters/second
killowatts
centimeters
atmospheres
kilograms
cubic meters/day
kilometer

atmospheres (absolute)
'square meters
square centimeters
metric ton  (1000 kilograms)
meter
                                       174

-------
                           SECTION XII

                         ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

The Environmental Protection Agency gratefully  acknowledges  the
assistance  of  the North Star Research and Development Institute
under the overall supervision of Dr. E,E.  Erickson.  John Pilney
was the Project Engineer; he was assisted by Messrs R.J. Reid and
R.J. Parnow.  Special assistance was provided by North Star staff
members:  Messrs R.H. Forester and A.J. Senechal.

The contributions and advice of Mr.  William  H.  Prokop  of  the
National   Renderers   Association   and  of  the  member  plants
operations committee and of Dr.  H.O.  Halvorson  are  gratefully
acknowledged.

The  cooperation of the independent rendering industry is greatly
appreciated.  The National Renderers Association and its  members
deserve  special  mention,  as do several companies that provided
information and cooperation in plant visits and on-site  sampling
programs-             •

Invaluable  consultation  and  assistance  was  provided  by  Dr.
Raymond  D.  Loehr,  Director,  Environmental  Studies   Program,
Cornell  University,  and  presently   serving as Program Advisor,
Effluent Guidelines Division.

The Agency also wishes to acknowledge  the overall supervision and
guidance provided by Mr. Allen  Cywin,  Director,  Mr,  Ernst  P.
Hall,  Deputy  Director,  and  Mr.  John  Riley, Chief, Technical
Analysis  and  Information  Branch  of the  Effluent  Guidelines
Division.   Special  mention is also due Mr. Richard Stevenson of
the Economic Studies Division for  his help  in  evaluations  of
costs and economic impact.

The  help  of  Dr,  Dwight  Ballinger  of  EPA  in  Cincinnati in
establishing sampling and testing procedures used for  the  field
verification studies was also appreciated.

Many  State  and  local  agencies were also most helpful and much
appreciated.

And special mention is due Mrs, Pearl  Smith, Effluent  Guidelines
Division,  for her invaluable assistance in editing and compiling
the final document.
                               175

-------

-------
                          SECTION XIII

                           REFERENCES

1.   Standard Industrial Classification Manual,  Executive  Office
    of  the  President,  Office  of  Management  and Budget, U.S.
    Government Printing Office, Washington, 1972.

2.   Dion, J.A., Osag,  T.R.,  Bunyard,  F.L.,  and  Crane,  G.B.,
    Control   of   Odors  from  Inedible  Rendering  Plants:   An
    Information  Document,   Environmental   Protection   Agency,
    Washington, 1973.

3.   "Uniqueness of the Rendering  Industry,"  National  Renderers
    Association, unpublished, undated.


-------
13.  Basics of Pollution Control, Gurnham &  Associates,  prepared
    for   Environmental  Protection  Agency  Technology  Transfer
    Program, Kansas City, Mo., March 7-8, 1973, Chicago.

14.  Public Health  Service  Drinking  Water  Standards,  Revised,
    1962,  U.S. Department of Health, Education and Welfare, U.S.
    Public Health Service Publication No.  956,  U.S.  Government
    Printing Office, Washington, 1962.

15.  Steffan, A.J., In-Plant Modifications to Reduce Pollution and
    Pretreatment of Meat Packing Waste Waters  for  Discharge  to
    Municipal  Systems,  prepared  for  Environmental  Protection
    Agency Technology Transfer Program, Kansas City,  Mo.,  March
    7-8, 1973.

16.  Water Quality Improvement by Physical and Chemical Processes,
    Earnest F. Gloyna  and  W.  Wesley  Eckenfelder.  Jr.,  Eds.,
    University of Texas Press, Austin, 1970.

17.  Rosen, G.D., "Profit from Effluent," Poultry Industry   (April
    1971) .

18.  Personal communication,  J.  Hesler,  Greyhound  corporation,
    1973.

19.  Telephone communication with M.  Hartman,  Infilco  Division,
    westinghouse, Richland, Virginia, May 1973.

20.  Upgrading Meat packing Facilities to Reduce Pollution:  Waste
    Treatment  Systems,  Bell,  Galyardt,  Wells,  prepared  for
    Environmental  Protection Agency Technology Transfer Program,
    Kansas City, Mo., March 7*8, 1973, Omaha.

21.  Private communication from Geo. A. Hormel  & Company,  Austin,
    Minnesota, 1973.

22.  Chittenden, Jimmie A., and Wells, W. James, Jr., "BOD Removal
    and  Stabilization  of  Anaerobic  Lagoon  Effluent  Using   a
    Rotating  Biological Contactor," presented at the  1970  Annual
    Conference, Water Pollution control Federation, Boston.

23.  Gulp, Russell L., and Gulp, Gordon L., Advanced  Waste  Water
    Treatment, Van Nostrand Reinhold Company,  New York,  1971.

21*.  Babbitt, Harold E., and  Baumann,  E.  Robert,  Sewerage  and
    Sewage  Treatment,  Eighth  Ed.,  John  Wiley  &   Sons, Inc.,
    London, 1967.

25.  Fair, Gordon Maskew, Geyer, John Charles,  and  Okun,   Daniel
    Alexander,  water  and  Waste   Water  Engineering:   Volume  2.
    Water Purification and Waste Water  Treatment  and  Disposal,
    John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York, 1968.

26, Personal communication, H.O. Halvorson, 1973.
                               178

-------
27.  Fair,  Gordon Maskew, Geyer, John Charles,  and  Okun,  Daniel
    Alexander,  Water  and  Waste  Water  Engineering:  Volume 1.
    Water  Supply and Waste Water  Removal,  John  Wiley  S  Sons,
    Inc.,  New York, 1966.

28.  Eckenfelder,  W.  Wesley,  Jr.,  Industrial  Water  Pollution
    Control, McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York, 1966.

29.  Eliassen, Rolf and Tchobanoglous, George, "Advanced Treatment
    Processes," Chemical Engineering  (October 14, 1968).

30.  Knowles, Chester L., Jr., "Improving  Biological  Processes,"
    Chemical Engineering (October 14, 1968).

31.  Personal communication, H.O. Halvorson, May 1973.

32.  Witherow,  Jack  L.,  Small  Meat  Packers  Wastes  Treatment
    Systems,   Presented   at  4th  National  Symposium  on  Food
    Processing Wastes, Syracuse, N.Y., March 26-28, 1973

33.  Personal communication, C.E. Clapp, United States  Department
    of  Agriculture, Agricultural Research Service, University of
    Minnesota, Minneapolis, May 1973.

34.  Personal communication  with  Lowell  Hanson,  Soil  Science,
    Agricultural   Extension  Service,  University  of  Minnesota,
    1973.

35.  Financial  Facts  About  the  Meat  Packing  Industry,  1971,
    American Meat  Institute, Chicago, August 1972.

36.  "Survey  of  Corporate  Performance:   First  Quarter   1973,"
    Business Week,  p.  97  (May  12,  1973).

37.  Mckinney, Ross E., Microbiology for sanitary Engineers, McGraw-
    Hill Book company. New York,  1962.

38.  Frazier, W. C., Food Microbiology,  2nd Edition, McGraw-Hill
    Book Company,  New York, 1967.

39.   "Water Quality Criteria - 1972", National Academy
     of Sciences and National Academy of  Engineering  for the
     Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, D.  C.  1972
     (U. S. Govt.  Printing Office Stock No.  5501-00520).

40.   Loehr, Raymond C. Agricultural Waste Management,
     Academic Press, New York, 1974.

41.   Anthonisen, A.C., R. C. Loehr, et. al., "Inhibition of
     Nitrification by  Unionized Ammonia and  Unionized Nitrous
     Acid", presented at 47th Annual  Conference, Water Pollution
     Control Federation, October,  1974.

42.   Development and Demonstration of Nutrient Removal.from
     Animal Wastes EPA-R2-73-095  U. S.  Environmental  Protection


                             179

-------
     Agency, January, 1973.

43.   Prakasam, T.B.S. et al, "Approaches for the Control of
     Nitrogen With an Oxidation Ditch", Proceedings 1974
     Agricultural Waste Management conference, Cornell University,
     Ithaca, New York, pp 421-435.

44.   "Control of Nitrogen in Waste Water Effluents", U. S.
     Environmental Protection Agency, ORD (NERC) Cincinnati,
     Ohio, March 1974.

45.   "ABF Nitrification System, 1974 Pilot Plant Study", Interim
     Report, Neptune Microfloc, Inc. September, 1974.

46.   Reeves, T.G., "Nitrogen Removal" a literature review",
     JWPCF volume 44, No. 10 pp 1895-1908, October, 1972.

47.   Gonzales, J. G. and R. L, Gulp, "New Developments in
     Ammonia Stripping", Public Works p. 78, May, 1973.

48.   O'Farrell, T. P. et. al., "Nitrogen removal by ammonia
     stripping", JWPCF vol. 44, no. 8 pp 1527-1535, August, 1972.

49.   "Nitrogen Removal from Waste Waters", Federal Water Quality
     Administration, AWT Laboratory Cincinnati, Ohio May, 1970.

50.   "Evaluation of Anaerobic Denitrification Processes" Journal
     SED, American Society of Civil Engineers pp 108-111,
     February, 1971.

51.   McLaren, J. R. and G. J. Farguhar, "Factors Affecting Ammonia
     Removal by Clinoptilolite" Jour. EED, American Society of
     Civil Engineers, pp 429-446 August, 1973.

52.   Johnson, W. K., "Process Kinetics for Denitrification", Jour.
     SED, ASCE pp 623-634 August, 1972.

53.   "How to Get Low Ammonia Effluent", Water and Sewage Works
     p 92, August 1974.

54.   Duddles, Glenn A., et.al., "Plastic Medium Trickling Filters
     for Biological Nitrogen Control", JWPCF vol. 46 No. 5
     pp 937-946, May 1974.

55.   Lue-Hing, Cecil, et.al. "Nitrification of a High Ammonia
     Content Sludge Supernatent by use of Rotating Discs",
     presented at 29th Annual Purdue Industrial Waste Conference,
     May 1974.

56.   Haug, R. T. and Perry L. Mccarty, "Nitrification with the
     Submerged Filter" presented at Annual Water Pollution Control
     Federation Conference San Francisco, ca., October, 1971.

57.   Sutton, Paul M., et.al., "Biological Nitrogen Removal - The
     Efficacy of the Nitrification Step", presented at Annual


                           180

-------
     Conference WPCF,  Denver,  Colorado,  October 1974.

58.   Lawrence, Alonzo W and C. G.  Brown, "Biokinetic Approach to
     Optimal Design and Control of Nitrifying Activated Sludge
     Systems "presented at Annual  Meeting New York Water Pollution
     Control Association, New York, January 1973.

59,   Baumann, R. E. and J. L.  Cleasby, "Design of Filters for
     Advanced Waste Treatment" Engineering Research Institute,
     Iowa State University, Ames,  Iowa,  October, 1973.

60.   Rice, G. A. and J. L. Cleasby, "Reported Efficiencies for
     Direct Filtration of Plant Effluents", Iowa State University,
     Ames, Iowa, March 197U.

61.   Baumann, R. E., "Design of Filters for Advanced waste Water
     Treatment", Engineering Research Institute, Iowa State
     University Ames, Iowa, June 1973.

62.   "Water and Pollution Control Technology Report" Neptune
     Micro FLOC, Inc., Volume U, Number 1, September 1970.

63.   Weddle, C. L., et.al., "Studies of Municipal Waste Water
     Renovation for Industrial water" presented before Annual
     Conference of the Water Pollution Control Federation,
     October, 1971.

61.   "Comprehensive Monthly Report", Dallas Water Utilities
     Department, Water Reclamation Research center, July 1973.

65.   University Area Joint Authority, operating report of
     October  6, 1971, State College, Pa.

66.   Metropolitan  sewer District, operating report of October,
     1971, Louisville, Kentucky.

67.   "Upgrading Existing Waste Water Treatment Plants" U. S.
     Environmental Protection Agency Technology Transfer
     Process  Design Manual, October 197U.

68.   Beckman, W. J., et al, "Combined Carbon Oxidation -
     Nitrification", Journal WPCF, p 1916-1931 volume U4,
     October  1972.

69.   Drews, R.J. L.C. and A.M. Greef, "Nitrogen Elimination
     by Rapid Alternation of Aerobic/Anoxic conditions in
     Orbal Activated Sludge Plants", Water. Research
     Volume lf Pergaman Press, 1973.

70.   Lynam, B.T. and V.W. Bacon,  "Filtration and Microstraining
     of Secondary  Effluent",  from Water Quality  Improvement
     by Physical and Chemical Processes University of Texas
     Press, 1970.

71.   Gulp, Gordon  L., "Physical Chemical Techniques
                            181

-------
     for Nitrogen Removal" prepared for EPA Technology
     Transfer Seminar, March, 1974.

72.  "Ammonia Removal from Agricultural Runoff and
     Secondary Effluent by Selected Ion Exchange",
     U. S. Department of the Interior, FWPCA,
     Cincinnati, Ohio, March, 1969.

73.  "Waste Water Filtration Design Considerations", U. S.
     Environmental Protection Agency, Technology Transfer,
     Washington, D. C., July 1974.

74.  "Upgrading Existing Lagoons", U. S. Environmental
     Protection Agency, NERC, Cincinnati, Ohio, October,
     1973.

75.  Reynolds, J. H., et. al., "Single and Multi-stage
     Intermittent Sand Filtration to Upgrade Lagoon
     Effluents" Utah State University, Logan, Utah,
     November, 1974.

76.  Middlebrooks, E. J., et. al., "Evaluation of Techniques
     for Alage Removal from Waste Water Stabilization Ponds",
     Utah Water Research Laboratory, Utah State University,
     Logan, Utah January, 1974.

77.  Clark, S. E., et. al., "Alaska Sewage Lagoons", Federal
     Water Quality Administration, Alaska Water Laboratory,
     College, Alaska, 1970.

78.  "Lagoon Performance and the State of Lagoon Technology"
     U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Research
     and Monitoring, June, 1973.

79.  "Supplementary Aeration of Lagoons in Rigorous Climate
     Areas", U. S. Environmental Protection Agency,
     October, 1971.

80.  "Biological Waste Treatment in the Far North", Federal
     Water Quality Administration, Alaska Water Laboratory,
     June 1970.

81.  Eckenfelder, W. W. and D. J. O'Connor, Biological
     Waste Treatment. Pergamon Press, New York, 1961.

82.  "The 1974 Environmental Wastes Control Manual"
     Public Works, Ridgewood, New Jersey.

83.  Stenquist, R. J., et.al., "Carbon Oxidation-
     Nitrification in Synthetic Media Trickling Filters,"
     JWPCF, Vol. 46 p 2327, October, 1974.

84.  "Ammonia Removal in a Physical-Chemical Waste Water
     Treatment Process," U.S. Environmental Protection
     Agency, Report EPA-R2-72-123, Washington, D. C.
                            182

-------
     November, 1972.

85.   "Water Pollution Control in Cold Climates" Proceedings,
     International Symposium, U. S. Environmental Protection
     Agency, 1970 (U.S. GPO stock number 5501-0208).

86.   "Development Document for Effluent Limitations and Standards
     of Performance for New Sources for the Petroleum Refining
     Point Source Category", U. S. Environmental Protection
     Agency, Washington, D. C. April, 1974.

87.   Beychok, M. R. Aqueous Wastes from Petroleum and
     Petrochemical Plants^ John Wiley and Sons, New York, 1967.
                               183

-------

-------
                           SECTION XIV

                            GLOSSARY

"Act":   The  Federal  Water  Pollution Control Act Amendments of
1972.

Activated Sludge Process:  Aerated basin in  which  waste  waters
are mixed with recycled biologically active sludge for periods of
about 6 hours.

Aerated:   The  introduction and intimate contacting of air and a
liquid  by  mechanical  means  such  as  stirring,  spraying,  or
bubbling.

Aerobic:   Living  or occurring only in the presence of dissolved
or molecular oxygen.

Algae:  Major group of lower  plants,  single  and  multi-celled,
usually  aquatic  and  capable of synthesizing their foodstuff by
photosynthe si s.

Ammonia Stripping:  Ammonia removal from  a  liquid,  usually  by
intimate contacting with an ammonia-free gas such as air.

Anaerobic:  Living or active only in the absence of free oxygen.

Bacteria:   Primitive  plants,  generally  free of pigment, which
reproduce by dividing in one, two, or three plants.   They  occur
as   single  cells,  chains,  filaments,  well-oriented groups, or
amorphous masses.

Biodegradable:  The condition of a substance which indicates that
the  energy content of the  substance can be lowered by the  action
of   biological  agents  (bacteria) through chemical reactions that
simplify the molecular structure of the substance.

Biological Oxidation:  The process whereby, through the  activity
of   living organisms in an aerobic environment, organic matter is
converted to more biologically stable matter.

Biological Stabilization:  Reduction in the net energy  level  of
organic   matter  as  a  result  of  the  metabolic  activity  or
organisms, so that  further biodegradation is very slow.

Biological Treatment:  Organic waste treatment in which  bacteria
and/or   biochemical  action  are  intensified  under  controlled
conditions.

Blood Water  (serum):  Liquid remaining after coagulation  of  the
blood.

Slowdown:   A  discharge   of  water  from  a  system to prevent  a
buildup of dissolved solids; e.g., in a boiler.
                              185

-------
BOD5:  A measure of the oxygen consumption by  aerobic  organisms
over  a  five day test period at 20°C.  It is an indirect measure
of the concentration of biologically degradable material  present
in organic wastes contained in a water stream.

Category  and  Subcategory:   Divisions  of a particular industry
which possess  different  traits  that  affect  raw  waste  water
quality.

Chemical   Precipitation:   A  waste  treatment  process  whereby
substances dissolved in  the  waste  water  stream  are  rendered
insoluble  and  form  a  solid  phase  that settles out or can be
removed by flotation techniques.

Clarification:  Process of removing undissolved materials from  a
liquid,  specifically,  removal  of  solids either by settling or
filtration.

Clarifier:  A settling basin  for  separating  settleable  solids
from waste waters.

cm:  Cent imet er.

Coagulant:   A  material,  which,  when added to liquid wastes or
water, creates a reaction which forms  insoluble  floe  particles
that  absorb and precipitate colloidal and suspended solids.  The
floe particles can be removed by sedimentation.  Among  the  most
common  chemical  coagulants  used in sewage treatment are ferric
sulfate and alum.

Coanda Phenomenon:  Tendency of a flowing fluid to  adhere  to  a
curved surface.

COD:   Chemical  Oxygen  Demand:   An  indirect  measure  of  the
biochemical load imposed on the oxygen  resource  of  a  body  of
water  when  organic  wastes  are  introduced  into the water.  A
chemical test is used to determine COD of waste water.

Condensables:  Cooking vapors capable of being condensed.

Condensate:  The liquid produced by condensing rendering  cooking
vapors.

Contamination:   A  general term signifying the introduction into
water of microorganisms, chemical, organic, or inorganic  wastes,
or sewage, which renders the water unfit for its intended use.

Cracklings:  The crisp, solid residue left after the fat has been
separated from the fibrous tissue in rendering lard or tallow.

Denitrification:    The   process   involving   the   facultative
conversion by anaerobic bacteria of nitrates  into  nitrogen  and
nitrogen oxides.
                              186

-------
Digestion:   Though  "anaerobic"  digestion  is  used,  the  term
digestion commonly refers to the anaerobic breakdown  of  organic
matter  in  water  solution  or  suspension  into simpler or more
biologically stable compounds or both.   organic  matter  may  be
decomposed to soluble organic acids or alcohols, and subsequently
converted  to such gases as methane and carbon dioxide.  Complete
destruction of organic solid materials by bacterial action  alone
is never accomplished.

Dissolved  Air Flotation:  A process involving the compression of
air and liquid, mixing to  super-saturation,  and  releasing  the
pressure to generate large numbers of minute air bubbles.  As the
bubbles  rise  to  the surface of the water, they carry with them
small particles that they contact.  The process  is  particularly
effective for grease removal.

Dissolved  Oxygen:   The  oxygen  dissolved  in sewage, water, or
other liquid, usually expressed as milligrams  per  liter  or  as
percent of saturation.

Dry  Rendering:   Cooking of inedible raw materials to remove all
excess raw material moisture by externally applied heat.

Edible:  Products that can be used for human consumption.

Effluent:  Liquid which  flows from a containing space or  process
unit.

Equalization  Tank:   A  means  of  liquid  storage capacity in a
continuous flow system,  used  to  provide  a  uniform  flow  rate
downstream in spite of fluctuating incoming flow rates.

Eutrophication:   Applies  to  lake  or  pond—becoming  rich  in
dissolved nutrients, with seasonal oxygen deficiency.

Evapotranspiration:   Loss  of  water  from  the  soil,  both  by
evaporation and by transpiration  from the plants growing thereon.

Extended  Aeration:  A form of the activated sludge process except
that the  retention time  of waste  waters is one to three days.

Facultative  Bacteria:   Bacteria which  can exist and reproduce
under either aerobic or  anaerobic conditions.

Facultative Decomposition:  Decomposition of  organic  matter  by
facultative microorganisms.

Fat:  Refers to the rendering products of tallow and  grease.

Fatty Acid:  A type of organic  acid derived from fats.

Filtration:   The  process  of  passing a liquid through a porous
medium for the  removal  of  suspended  material  by   a  physical
straining action.
                              187

-------
Finger  Dikes:   Barriers or walls extending out into lagoons—in
waste  water  treatment—to  prevent  or  minimize  the  flow  of
incoming   water   directly  to  the  outlet  and  thereby  short
circuiting the treatment process.

Floe:  A mass formed by the  aggregation  of  a  number  of  fine
suspended particles.

Flocculation:   The  process  of forming larger flocculant masses
from a large number of finer suspended particles.

Grease:  Fat that has a titre   (or  melting  point)   below  UO°C.
Grease is produced from poultry and hot fat.

Hydrolyzing:  The reaction involving the decomposition of organic
materials  by  interaction with water in the presence of acids or
alkalines.  Hog hair and feathers for example, are hydrolyzed  to
a proteinaceous product that has some feed value.

Inedible:  Products that can not be used for human consumption.

Influent:   A  liquid  which  flows  into  a  containing space or
process unit.

Ion Exchange:  A reversible chemical reaction between a solid and
a liquid by means of which ions may be interchanged  between  the
two.    It  is  in  common  use  in  water  softening  and  water
deionizing.

Isoelectric Point:  The value of the pH of a  solution  at  which
the soluble protein becomes insoluble and precipitates out.

kg:  Kilogram or 1000 grams, metric unit of weight.

kkg:  1000 kilograms.

Kjeldahl  Nitrogen:  A measure of the total amount of nitrogen in
the ammonia and organic forms in waste water.

KWH:   Kilowatt-hours;  a  measure  of  total  electrical  energy
consumption.

Lagoon:    An  all-inclusive  term  commonly  given  to  a  water
impoundment in which organic wastes are stored or  stabilized  or
both.

Low-Temperature  Rendering:   A  rendering  process  in which the
cooking  is  conducted  at  a  low  temperature  which  does  not
evaporate  the raw material moisture*  Normally used to produce a
high-quality edible product such as lard.

m:  Meter; metric unit of length.

Meal:  A coarsely ground proteinaceous product of rendering  made
from such animal by-products as meat, bone, and feathers.
                              188

-------
mg/1:   Milligrams  per  liter;  approximately  equals  parts per
million; a term used to indicate concentration  of  materials  in
water.

MGD or MGPD:  Million gallons per day.

Microstrainer/Microscreen:   A  mechanical filter consisting of a
cylindrical surface of metal filter fabric with openings of 20-60
micrometers in size.

mm:  Millimeter = 0.001 meter.

Municipal Treatment:  A city- or community-owned waste  treatment
plant for municipal and possible industrial waste treatment.

New  Source:   Any building, structure, facility, or installation
from which there is or may be a discharge of pollutants and whose
construction is commenced after the publication of  the  proposed
regulations.

Nitrate,  Nitrite:   Chemical  compounds  that  include  the NO3-
 (nitrate) and NO2~  (nitrite) ions.  They are composed of riitrogen
and oxygen, are nutrients for growth of  algae  and  other  plant
life, and contribute to eutrophication.

Nitrification:  The process of oxidizing ammonia by bacteria into
nitrites and nitrates.

No  Discharge:   No  discharge of effluents to a water course.  A
system of land disposal with no runoff or total  recycle  of  the
waste water may be used to achieve it.

Noncondensables:  Cooking gases that can not be condensed and are
usually very odorous.

Nonwater   Quality:    Thermal,   air,   noise,   and  all  other
environmental parameters except water.

Offal:  The parts of a butchered animal removed  in  eviscerating
and  trimming,  that  may  be  used  as  edible  products  or  in
production of inedible by-products.

Off-Gas:  The gaseous products of a process  that  are  collected
for  use  or  more  typically vented directly, or through a flare,
into the atmosphere.

Organic Content:  Synonymous  with  volatile  solids  except  for
small   traces  of  some  inorganic  materials  such  as  calcium
carbonate  which  will  lose  weight  at  temperatures  used   in
determining volatile solids.

Oxidation Lagoon:   Synonymous with aerobic or aerated lagoon.

Oxidation Pond:  Synonymous with aerobic lagoon.
                            189

-------
Packed  Tower:   Equipment  used  in  rendering  plants  for odor
control.  A cylindrical column loaded  with  a  packing  material
used  to increase the contact area between scrubbing solution and
odorous air.

pH:  A measure of the relative acidity or alkalinity of water.   A
pH of 7.0 indicates a neutral condition.  A greater pH  indicates
alkalinity  and  a lower pH indicates acidity.  A one unit change
in pH indicates a tenfold change in concentration of hydrogen ion
concentration.

Point Source:  Regarding waste water, a single plant with a waste
water stream discharging into a receiving body of water.

Polishing:  Final treatment stage before discharge of effluent to
a water course.  Carried out in  a  shallow,  aerobic  lagoon  or
pond,  mainly  to  remove  fine suspended solids that settle very
slowly.  Some aerobic microbiological activity also occurs.

Pollutant:  A substance which taints, fouls, or otherwise renders
impure or unclean the recipient system.

Pollution:  The presence of pollutants in a system sufficient  to
degrade the quality of the system.

Polyelectrolyte  Chemicals:   High  molecular  weight  substances
which dissociate into ions when  in  solution;  the  ions  either
being  bound  to  the  molecular  structure  or  free  to diffuse
throughout the solvent, depending on the sign of the ionic charge
and the type of electrolyte.  They are often used as flocculating
agents  in  waste  water  treatment,  particularly   along   with
dissolved air flotation.

Ponding:  A waste treatment technique involving the actual holdup
of all waste waters in a confined space.

ppm:   Parts  per  million;  a  measure  of concentration usually
currently as mg/1.

Prebreaker:  A mechanical grinder used by  rendering  plants  for
size reduction of raw materials prior to cooking operations.

Pretreatment:   Waste  Water  treatment located on the plant site
and upstream from the discharge to a municipal treatment system.

Primary Waste Treatment:  In-plant, by-product recovery and waste
water  treatment  involving  physical  separation  and   recovery
devices   such  as  catch  basins,  screens,  and  dissolved  air
flotation.

Raceway:  Circular shaped vat containing  brine,  agitated  by  a
paddle wheel, and used for brine curing of hides.

Raw  Material  Moisture:   Refers  to  the  water  content of raw
materials used in rendering.
                              190

-------
Raw Waste:  The waste water effluent from  the  in-plant  primary
waste treatment system.

Recycle:   The  return  of a quantity of effluent from a specific
unit or process to the feed stream of that  same  unit  including
the return of treated plant waste water for several plant uses.

Rendering:   Separation  of fats and water from tissue by heat or
physical energy.

Return on Assets  (ROA):   A  measure  of  potential  or  realized
profit as a percent of the total assets (or fixed assets) used to
generate the profit.

Return  on  Investment (ROI):  A measure of potential or realized
profit as a percentage of the investment required to generate the
profit.

Reuse:  Referring to waste reuse.  The subsequent  use  of  water
following  an  earlier  use  without restoring it to the original
quality.

Riprap:  A foundation or sustaining wall, usually of  stones  and
brush, so placed on an embankment or a lagoon to prevent erosion.

RM:  Referring to the raw material used in the rendering process.

Rotating   Biological   Contactor:    A  waste  treatment  device
involving closely spaced  lightweight  disks  which  are  rotated
through the waste water allowing aerobic microflora to accumulate
on  each  disk  and  thereby  achieving  a reduction in the waste
content.

Sand Filter:  A filter device incorporating a bed of  sand  that,
depending  on  design, can be used in secondary or tertiary waste
treatment.

Screw Press:  An extrusion device used to expel excess  fat  from
proteinaceous solids after cooking.

Scrubber:   Used  as  an  odor  control  device  in the rendering
industry.  Operates by the contacting  of  numerous  droplets  of
scrubbing solution with odorous air streams.

Secondary  Treatment:   The waste treatment following primary in-
plant treatment.  Typically involving biological waste  reduction
systems.

Sedimentation  Tank:   A  tank or basin in which a liquid (water,
sewage, liquid manure) containing settleable suspended solids  is
retained  for  a  sufficient time so part of the suspended solids
settle out by gravity.  The time  interval  that  the  liquid  is
retained  in  the  tank  is called "detention period."  In sewage
treatment,  the  detention  period  is  short  enough  to   avoid
putrefaction.
                              191

-------
Settling Tank:  Synonymous with sedimentation tank.

Sewage:   Water  after  it has been fouled by various uses.  From
the standpoint of source it may be a combination of the liquid or
water-carried wastes from  residences,  business  buildings,  and
institutions,   together   with   those   from   industrial   and
agricultural establishments, and with such  groundwater,  surface
water, and storm water as may be present.

Shock  Load:  A quantity of waste water or pollutant that greatly
exceeds the normal discharged into a  treatment  system,  usually
occurring over a limited period of time.

Skimmings:   Fats and flotable solids recovered from waste waters
for recycling by catch basins, skimming tanks, and air  flotation
devices.

Sludge:   The accumulated settled solids deposited from sewage or
other wastes, raw or treated, in tanks or basins, and  containing
more or less water to form a semi-liquid mass.

Slurry:  A solids-water mixture, with sufficient water content to
impart fluid handling characteristics to the mixture.

Stick  or  Stickwater:   The  concentrated (thick)  liquid product
from the evaporated tank water from wet rendering operations.  It
is added to solids and may be further dried for feed ingredients.

Stoichiometric Amount:  The amount of a substance involved  in  a
specific chemical reaction, either as a reactant or as a reaction
product.

Surface  Waters:   The  waters of the United States including the
territorial seas.

Suspended Solids  (SS):  Solids that either float on  the  surface
of,  or  are  in  suspension,  in  water;  and  which are largely
removable  by  laboratory  filtering   as   in   the   analytical
determinate of SS content of waste water.

Tallow:   Fat that has a titre  (melting point) of t*0°C or  higher.
Tallow is produced from beef cattle and sheep fat.

Tankage:  Dried animal by-product residues used as feedstuff.

Tankwater:  The water phase resulting  from  rendering  processes
usually occurring in wet rendering.

Tertiary  Waste Treatment:  Waste treatment systems used to treat
secondary  treatment  effluent  and  typically  using   physical-
chemical technologies to effect waste reduction.   Synonymous with
"advanced waste treatment."
                              192

-------
Total  Dissolved  Solids (TDS):  The solids  content of waste water
that is soluble and is measured as total solids content minus the
suspended solids.

Wet Rendering:  Cooking with water or live   steam  added  to  the
material under pressure.  This process  produces tank water.

Zero  Discharge:    The  discharge  of   no pollutants in the waste
water stream  of a plant that is discharging into a receiving body
of water.
                                 193     4U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1975 58Z-4Z1/259 1-3

-------

-------

-------

-------